Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 6477:0b245c8dbd19 v7.4.567
updated for version 7.4.567
Problem: Non-ascii vertical separater characters are always redrawn.
Solution: Compare only the one byte that's stored. (Thiago Padilha)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 07 Jan 2015 19:04:28 +0100 |
| parents | b5df99582638 |
| children | 134a7d55f9fa |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 5946 | 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) |
| 7 | 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 3586 | 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character |
| 93 * doesn't fit. */ | |
| 94 | |
| 7 | 95 /* |
| 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 97 */ | |
| 98 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 99 | |
| 100 /* | |
| 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 103 */ | |
| 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 105 | |
| 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 108 #endif | |
| 109 | |
| 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 112 #endif | |
| 113 | |
| 114 /* | |
| 115 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 116 */ | |
| 117 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 120 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 122 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 123 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 124 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 125 #endif | |
| 625 | 126 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 127 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 128 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 131 #else | |
| 132 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 133 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 134 #endif | |
| 135 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 136 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 137 #endif | |
| 680 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 139 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 140 #endif |
| 7 | 141 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 5985 | 142 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 143 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 144 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
145 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 146 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 5979 | 147 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur)); |
| 148 static int next_search_hl_pos __ARGS((match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 7 | 149 #endif |
| 150 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 151 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 153 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 154 #endif | |
| 155 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 156 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 157 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 158 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 159 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 160 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 161 #endif | |
| 162 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 163 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 164 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 165 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 166 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 167 #endif |
| 7 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 169 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 170 #endif | |
| 171 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 172 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 173 #endif | |
| 174 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 175 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 176 #endif |
| 177 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 178 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 179 #endif | |
| 180 | |
| 181 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 182 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 183 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 184 #endif | |
| 185 | |
| 186 /* | |
| 187 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 188 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 189 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 190 */ | |
| 191 void | |
| 192 redraw_later(type) | |
| 193 int type; | |
| 194 { | |
| 195 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 196 } | |
| 197 | |
| 198 void | |
| 199 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 200 win_T *wp; | |
| 201 int type; | |
| 202 { | |
| 203 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 204 { | |
| 205 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 206 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 207 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 208 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 209 must_redraw = type; | |
| 210 } | |
| 211 } | |
| 212 | |
| 213 /* | |
| 214 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 215 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 216 */ | |
| 217 void | |
| 218 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 219 { | |
| 220 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 221 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 222 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 223 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 224 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 225 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 226 else | |
| 227 #endif | |
| 228 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 229 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 230 } |
| 231 | |
| 232 /* | |
| 233 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 234 */ | |
| 235 void | |
| 236 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 237 int type; | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 win_T *wp; | |
| 240 | |
| 241 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 242 { | |
| 243 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 244 } | |
| 245 } | |
| 246 | |
| 247 /* | |
| 301 | 248 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 249 */ |
| 250 void | |
| 251 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 252 int type; | |
| 253 { | |
| 254 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 255 } | |
| 256 | |
| 257 void | |
| 258 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 259 buf_T *buf; | |
| 260 int type; | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 win_T *wp; | |
| 263 | |
| 264 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 265 { | |
| 266 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 267 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 268 } | |
| 269 } | |
| 270 | |
| 271 /* | |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
272 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
273 * right away and restore what was on the command line. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
274 * Return a code indicating what happened. |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
275 */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
276 int |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
277 redraw_asap(type) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
278 int type; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
279 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
280 int rows; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
281 int r; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
282 int ret = 0; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
283 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ |
|
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
284 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
286 int i; |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
287 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
288 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ |
|
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
289 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
290 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
291 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
292 redraw_later(type); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
293 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY)) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
294 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
295 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
296 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
297 rows = Rows - cmdline_row; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
298 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
299 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
300 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
301 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
302 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
303 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
305 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
306 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
307 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
308 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
309 if (screenlineUC == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
310 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
311 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
312 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
313 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
314 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
315 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
316 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
317 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
318 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
319 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
320 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
321 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
322 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
323 if (screenline2 == NULL) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
324 ret = 2; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
325 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
326 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
327 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
328 if (ret != 2) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
329 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
330 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
331 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
332 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
333 mch_memmove(screenline + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
334 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
335 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
336 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
337 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
338 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
340 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
341 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
342 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
343 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
344 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
345 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
346 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
347 ScreenLinesC[r] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
348 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
349 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
350 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
351 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
352 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
353 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
354 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
355 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
356 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
357 update_screen(0); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
358 ret = 3; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
359 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
360 if (must_redraw == 0) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
361 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
362 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
363 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
364 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
365 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
366 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
367 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
368 screenline + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
369 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
370 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
371 screenattr + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
372 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
374 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
375 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
376 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
377 screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
378 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
379 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
380 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
381 screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
382 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
383 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
384 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
385 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
386 screenline2 + r * Columns, |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
387 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
388 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
389 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, Columns, Columns, FALSE); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
391 ret = 4; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
392 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
394 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
395 vim_free(screenline); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
396 vim_free(screenattr); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
398 if (enc_utf8) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
399 { |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
400 vim_free(screenlineUC); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
401 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
402 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
403 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
404 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
405 vim_free(screenline2); |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
406 #endif |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
407 |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
408 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
409 maybe_intro_message(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
410 |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
411 setcursor(); |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
412 |
|
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
413 return ret; |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
414 } |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
415 |
|
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
416 /* |
| 7 | 417 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that |
| 418 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 419 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 420 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 421 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 422 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 423 */ | |
| 424 void | |
| 425 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 426 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 427 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 428 { |
| 429 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 430 int i; | |
| 431 #endif | |
| 432 | |
| 433 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 434 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 435 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 436 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 437 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 438 | |
| 439 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 440 if (invalid) | |
| 441 { | |
| 442 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 443 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 444 if (i >= 0) | |
| 445 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 446 } | |
| 447 #endif | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 | |
| 450 /* | |
| 451 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 452 */ | |
| 453 void | |
| 454 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 455 int type; | |
| 456 { | |
| 457 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 458 update_screen(type); | |
| 459 } | |
| 460 | |
| 461 /* | |
| 462 * update_screen() | |
| 463 * | |
| 464 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 465 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 466 */ | |
| 467 void | |
| 468 update_screen(type) | |
| 469 int type; | |
| 470 { | |
| 471 win_T *wp; | |
| 472 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 473 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 474 int did_one; | |
| 475 #endif | |
| 476 | |
| 2008 | 477 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 478 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 479 return; | |
| 480 | |
| 481 if (must_redraw) | |
| 482 { | |
| 483 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 484 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 485 |
| 486 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 487 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 488 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 489 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 490 must_redraw = 0; |
| 491 } | |
| 492 | |
| 493 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 494 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 495 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 496 | |
| 2008 | 497 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 498 * recursively. */ | |
| 499 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 500 { |
| 501 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 502 must_redraw = type; | |
| 503 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 504 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 505 return; | |
| 506 } | |
| 507 | |
| 508 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 509 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 510 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 511 * display updating */ | |
| 512 #endif | |
| 513 | |
| 514 /* | |
| 515 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 516 */ | |
| 517 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 518 { | |
| 519 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 520 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 521 type = CLEAR; | |
| 522 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 523 { | |
| 524 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 525 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 526 type = CLEAR; | |
| 527 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 528 { | |
| 529 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 530 { | |
| 531 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 532 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 533 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 534 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 535 { | |
| 536 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 537 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 538 } | |
| 539 else | |
| 540 { | |
| 541 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 542 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 543 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 544 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 545 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 546 #endif | |
| 547 } | |
| 548 } | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 551 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 552 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 553 #endif |
| 7 | 554 } |
| 555 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 556 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 557 } | |
| 558 | |
| 559 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 560 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 561 | |
| 562 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 563 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 564 highlight_changed(); | |
| 565 | |
| 566 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 567 { | |
| 568 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 569 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 570 } | |
| 571 | |
| 572 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 573 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 574 | |
| 13 | 575 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
576 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
577 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 578 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
579 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
580 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 581 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 582 #endif | |
| 583 | |
| 7 | 584 /* |
| 585 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 586 */ | |
| 587 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 588 update_curswant(); | |
| 589 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 590 && !((type == VALID | |
| 591 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 592 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 593 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 594 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 595 #endif | |
| 596 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 597 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 598 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 599 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 600 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 601 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 602 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 603 )) | |
| 604 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 605 | |
| 849 | 606 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 607 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 608 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 609 draw_tabline(); | |
| 610 #endif | |
| 611 | |
| 7 | 612 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 613 /* | |
| 614 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 615 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 616 */ | |
| 617 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 618 { | |
| 619 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 620 { | |
| 621 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 622 win_T *wwp; | |
| 623 | |
| 624 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 625 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 626 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 627 break; | |
| 628 # endif | |
| 629 if ( | |
| 630 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 631 wwp == wp && | |
| 632 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 634 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 635 } | |
| 636 } | |
| 637 #endif | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 641 * it. | |
| 642 */ | |
| 643 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 644 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 645 #endif | |
| 646 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 647 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 648 #endif | |
| 649 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 650 { | |
| 651 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 652 { | |
| 653 cursor_off(); | |
| 654 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 655 if (!did_one) | |
| 656 { | |
| 657 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 658 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 659 start_search_hl(); | |
| 660 # endif | |
| 661 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 662 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 663 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 664 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 665 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 666 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 667 # endif |
| 668 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 669 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 670 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 671 * it. */ | |
| 672 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 673 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 674 #endif | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 #endif | |
| 677 win_update(wp); | |
| 678 } | |
| 679 | |
| 680 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 681 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 682 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 cursor_off(); | |
| 685 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 686 } | |
| 687 #endif | |
| 688 } | |
| 689 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 690 end_search_hl(); | |
| 691 #endif | |
| 4107 | 692 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 693 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ | |
| 694 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 695 pum_redraw(); | |
| 696 #endif | |
| 7 | 697 |
| 698 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 699 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 700 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 701 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 702 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 703 #else | |
| 704 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 705 #endif | |
| 706 | |
| 707 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 708 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 709 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 710 #endif | |
| 711 | |
| 712 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 713 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 714 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 715 showmode(); | |
| 716 | |
| 717 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
|
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
718 if (!did_intro) |
|
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
719 maybe_intro_message(); |
| 7 | 720 did_intro = TRUE; |
| 721 | |
| 722 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 723 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 724 * done. */ | |
| 725 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 726 { | |
| 727 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 728 if (did_one) | |
| 729 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 730 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 731 } | |
| 732 #endif | |
| 733 } | |
| 734 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
735 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
736 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
737 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
738 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
739 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
740 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
741 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
742 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
743 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
744 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
745 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
746 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
747 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
748 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
749 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
750 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
751 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
752 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
753 c = 'n'; |
|
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
754 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
|
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
755 c = 'c'; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
756 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
757 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
758 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
759 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
760 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
761 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
762 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
763 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
764 void |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
765 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
766 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
767 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
768 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
769 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
770 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
771 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
772 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
773 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
774 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
775 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
776 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
777 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
778 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
779 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
780 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
781 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
782 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
783 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
784 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
785 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
786 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
787 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
788 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
789 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
790 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
791 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
792 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
793 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
794 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
795 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
796 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
797 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
798 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
799 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
800 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
801 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
802 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
803 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
804 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
805 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
806 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
807 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
808 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
809 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
810 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
811 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
812 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
813 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
814 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
815 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
816 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
817 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
818 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
819 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
820 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
821 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
822 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
823 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
824 |
| 7 | 825 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 826 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 827 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 828 | |
| 829 /* | |
| 830 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 831 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 832 */ |
| 833 static void | |
| 834 update_prepare() | |
| 835 { | |
| 836 cursor_off(); | |
| 837 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 838 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 839 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 840 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 841 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 842 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 843 #endif | |
| 844 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 845 start_search_hl(); | |
| 846 #endif | |
| 847 } | |
| 848 | |
| 849 /* | |
| 850 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 851 */ | |
| 852 static void | |
| 853 update_finish() | |
| 854 { | |
| 855 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 856 showmode(); | |
| 857 | |
| 858 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 859 end_search_hl(); | |
| 860 # endif | |
| 861 | |
| 862 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 863 | |
| 864 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 865 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 866 | |
| 867 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 868 * done. */ | |
| 869 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 870 { | |
| 871 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 872 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 873 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 874 } | |
| 875 # endif | |
| 876 } | |
| 877 #endif | |
| 878 | |
| 879 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 880 void | |
| 881 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 882 buf_T *buf; | |
| 883 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 884 { | |
| 885 win_T *wp; | |
| 886 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 887 | |
| 888 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 889 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 890 # endif | |
| 891 | |
| 892 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 893 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 894 { | |
| 895 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 898 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 899 { | |
| 900 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 901 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 902 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 903 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 904 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 905 } | |
| 906 } | |
| 907 else | |
| 908 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 909 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 910 doit = TRUE; | |
| 911 } | |
| 912 | |
| 3250 | 913 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already |
| 914 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ | |
| 915 if (!doit || updating_screen | |
| 916 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 917 || gui.starting | |
| 918 #endif | |
| 919 || starting) | |
| 7 | 920 return; |
| 921 | |
| 922 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 923 update_prepare(); | |
| 924 | |
| 925 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 926 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 927 { | |
| 928 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 929 win_update(wp); | |
| 930 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 931 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 932 } | |
| 933 # else | |
| 934 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 935 win_update(curwin); | |
| 936 # endif | |
| 937 | |
| 938 update_finish(); | |
| 939 } | |
| 940 #endif | |
| 941 | |
| 942 | |
| 943 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 944 /* | |
| 945 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 946 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 947 */ | |
| 948 void | |
| 949 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 950 win_T *wp; | |
| 951 { | |
| 2008 | 952 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 953 if (updating_screen) | |
| 954 return; | |
| 955 | |
| 7 | 956 update_prepare(); |
| 957 | |
| 958 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 959 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 3674 | 960 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
| 961 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
| 962 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
| 963 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
| 7 | 964 #endif |
| 670 | 965 |
| 7 | 966 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 967 |
| 7 | 968 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 969 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 970 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 971 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 972 |
| 7 | 973 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 974 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 975 || p_ru | |
| 976 # endif | |
| 977 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 978 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 979 # endif |
| 980 ) | |
| 981 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 982 #endif | |
| 983 | |
| 984 update_finish(); | |
| 985 } | |
| 986 #endif | |
| 987 | |
| 988 /* | |
| 989 * Update a single window. | |
| 990 * | |
| 991 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 992 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 993 * | |
| 994 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 995 * implies the one below it. | |
| 996 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 997 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 998 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 999 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 1000 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 1001 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 1002 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 1003 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 1004 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 1005 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 1006 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 1007 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 1008 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 1009 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 1010 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 1011 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 1012 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 1013 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 1014 */ | |
| 1015 static void | |
| 1016 win_update(wp) | |
| 1017 win_T *wp; | |
| 1018 { | |
| 1019 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 1020 int type; | |
| 1021 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 1022 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 1023 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1024 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1025 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 1026 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 1027 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 1028 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 1029 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 1030 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 1031 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 1032 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 1033 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 1034 #endif | |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 1037 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 1038 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1039 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 1040 | |
| 1041 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1042 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 1043 int i; | |
| 1044 long j; | |
| 1045 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 1046 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 1047 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1048 long fold_count; | |
| 1049 #endif | |
| 1050 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1051 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 1052 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 1053 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 1054 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 1055 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 1056 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1057 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 1058 #endif | |
| 1059 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 1060 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1061 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1062 int save_got_int; | |
| 1063 #endif | |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 1068 { | |
| 1069 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1070 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 1071 #endif | |
| 1072 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 1073 } | |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 1076 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 1077 { | |
| 1078 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1079 return; | |
| 1080 } | |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1083 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 1084 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1085 { | |
| 1086 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 1087 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 1088 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1089 return; | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 #endif | |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
1094 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 1095 #endif |
| 1096 | |
| 13 | 1097 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1098 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1099 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1100 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 1101 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 1102 { |
| 1103 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 1104 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 1105 } |
| 1106 else | |
| 1107 #endif | |
| 1108 | |
| 7 | 1109 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 1110 { | |
| 1111 /* | |
| 1112 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 1113 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 1114 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 1115 */ | |
| 1116 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1117 } | |
| 1118 else | |
| 1119 { | |
| 1120 /* | |
| 1121 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 1122 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 1123 */ | |
| 1124 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 1125 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 1126 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 1127 else | |
| 1128 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 1129 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 1130 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 1131 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 1132 { | |
| 1133 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 1134 { | |
| 1135 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 1136 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1137 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 1138 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1139 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1140 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1141 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 1142 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 1143 mod_top = 1; | |
| 1144 } | |
| 1145 #endif | |
| 1146 } | |
| 1147 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 1148 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1151 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1152 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1153 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1154 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1155 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1156 */ |
| 699 | 1157 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1158 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1159 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1160 else |
| 1326 | 1161 { |
| 1162 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1163 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1164 { | |
| 1165 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1166 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1167 { |
| 1168 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1169 break; | |
| 1170 } | |
| 1326 | 1171 cur = cur->next; |
| 1172 } | |
| 1173 } | |
| 7 | 1174 #endif |
| 1175 } | |
| 1176 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1177 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1178 { | |
| 1179 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 /* | |
| 1182 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1183 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1184 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1185 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1186 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1187 */ | |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1190 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1191 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1192 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1193 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1194 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1195 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1196 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1199 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1200 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1201 { | |
| 1202 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1203 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1204 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 1205 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 1206 ++lnumb; | |
| 1207 } | |
| 1208 } | |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1211 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1212 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1215 --mod_bot; | |
| 1216 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1217 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1218 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1219 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1220 } | |
| 1221 #endif | |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1224 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1225 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1226 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1227 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1228 { | |
| 1229 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1230 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1231 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1232 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1233 top_end = 1; |
| 1234 #endif | |
| 1235 } | |
| 36 | 1236 |
| 1237 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1238 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1239 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1240 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1241 } |
| 1242 | |
| 1243 /* | |
| 1244 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1245 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1246 */ | |
| 1247 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 j = 0; | |
| 1250 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1251 { | |
| 1252 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1253 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1254 { | |
| 1255 top_end = j; | |
| 1256 break; | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 } | |
| 1259 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1260 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1261 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1262 else | |
| 1263 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1264 type = VALID; | |
| 1265 } | |
| 1266 | |
| 1378 | 1267 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1268 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1269 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1270 * called. */ | |
| 1271 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1272 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1273 | |
| 7 | 1274 /* |
| 1275 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1276 * handle three cases: | |
| 1277 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1278 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1279 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1280 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1281 */ | |
| 743 | 1282 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1283 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1284 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1285 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1286 #endif | |
| 1287 ) | |
| 1288 { | |
| 1289 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1290 { | |
| 1291 /* | |
| 1292 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1293 * further down. | |
| 1294 */ | |
| 1295 } | |
| 1296 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1297 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1298 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1299 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1300 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1301 #endif | |
| 1302 )) | |
| 1303 { | |
| 1304 /* | |
| 1305 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1306 */ | |
| 1307 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1308 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1309 { | |
| 1310 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1313 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1314 j = 0; | |
| 1315 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1316 { | |
| 1317 ++j; | |
| 1318 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1319 break; | |
| 1320 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1321 } | |
| 1322 } | |
| 1323 else | |
| 1324 #endif | |
| 1325 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1326 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1327 { | |
| 1328 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1330 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1331 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1332 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1333 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1334 #endif | |
| 1335 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1336 { | |
| 1337 /* | |
| 1338 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1339 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1340 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1341 */ | |
| 1342 if (i > 0) | |
| 1343 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1344 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1345 { | |
| 1346 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1347 { | |
| 1348 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1349 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1350 top_end = i; | |
| 1351 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1354 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1355 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1356 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1357 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1358 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1359 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1360 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1361 } | |
| 1362 } | |
| 1363 else | |
| 1364 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1365 } | |
| 1366 else | |
| 1367 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1368 } | |
| 1369 else | |
| 1370 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1371 } | |
| 1372 else | |
| 1373 { | |
| 1374 /* | |
| 1375 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1376 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1377 * needs updating. | |
| 1378 */ | |
| 1379 | |
| 1380 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1381 j = -1; | |
| 1382 row = 0; | |
| 1383 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1386 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1387 { | |
| 1388 j = i; | |
| 1389 break; | |
| 1390 } | |
| 1391 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1392 } | |
| 1393 if (j == -1) | |
| 1394 { | |
| 1395 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1396 * lines */ | |
| 1397 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1398 } | |
| 1399 else | |
| 1400 { | |
| 1401 /* | |
| 1402 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1403 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1406 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1407 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1408 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1409 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1410 else | |
| 1411 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1412 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1413 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1414 #endif | |
| 1415 if (row > 0) | |
| 1416 { | |
| 1417 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1418 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1419 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1420 else | |
| 1421 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1422 } | |
| 1423 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1424 { | |
| 1425 /* | |
| 1426 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1427 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1428 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1429 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1430 */ | |
| 1431 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1432 idx = 0; | |
| 1433 for (;;) | |
| 1434 { | |
| 1435 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1436 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1437 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1438 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1439 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1440 { | |
| 1441 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1442 break; | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1447 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1448 { | |
| 1449 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1450 break; | |
| 1451 } | |
| 1452 } | |
| 1453 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1454 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1455 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1456 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1457 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1458 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1459 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1460 #endif | |
| 1461 } | |
| 1462 } | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1466 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1467 * first. */ | |
| 1468 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1469 { | |
| 1470 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1471 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1472 { |
| 1331 | 1473 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1474 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1475 * then. */ | |
| 1476 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1477 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1478 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1479 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1480 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1481 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1482 #endif | |
| 1483 } | |
| 7 | 1484 } |
| 1331 | 1485 |
| 1486 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1487 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1488 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1489 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1490 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1491 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1492 } |
| 1493 else | |
| 1494 { | |
| 1495 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1496 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1497 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1498 } | |
| 1499 | |
| 743 | 1500 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1501 { | |
| 1502 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1503 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1504 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1505 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1506 } | |
| 1507 | |
| 7 | 1508 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ |
| 1509 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1510 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1511 { | |
| 1512 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1515 { | |
| 1516 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1517 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1518 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1519 { | |
| 1520 /* | |
| 1521 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1522 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1523 * gained or lost. | |
| 1524 */ | |
| 1525 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1526 { | |
| 1527 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1528 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1529 } | |
| 1530 else | |
| 1531 { | |
| 1532 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1533 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1534 } | |
| 1535 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1536 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1537 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1538 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1539 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1540 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1541 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1542 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1543 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1544 } | |
| 1545 else | |
| 1546 { | |
| 1547 /* | |
| 1548 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1549 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1550 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1551 */ | |
| 1552 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1553 { | |
| 1554 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1555 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1556 } | |
| 1557 else | |
| 1558 { | |
| 1559 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1560 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1561 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1562 from = to; | |
| 1563 } | |
| 1564 | |
| 422 | 1565 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1566 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1567 { |
| 1568 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1569 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1570 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1571 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1572 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1573 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1574 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1575 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1576 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1577 } | |
| 1578 } | |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 /* | |
| 1581 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1582 * update all lines. | |
| 1583 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1584 */ | |
| 1585 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1586 { | |
| 6266 | 1587 colnr_T fromc, toc; |
| 1588 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) | |
| 1589 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
| 1590 | |
| 1591 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) | |
| 1592 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
| 1593 #endif | |
| 7 | 1594 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); |
| 6266 | 1595 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) |
| 1596 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; | |
| 1597 #endif | |
| 7 | 1598 ++toc; |
| 1599 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1600 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1603 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1604 { | |
| 1605 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1606 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1607 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1608 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1609 } | |
| 1610 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1611 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1612 } | |
| 1613 } | |
| 1614 else | |
| 1615 { | |
| 1616 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1617 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1618 { | |
| 1619 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1620 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1621 } | |
| 1622 else | |
| 1623 { | |
| 1624 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1625 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1626 } | |
| 1627 } | |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 /* | |
| 1630 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1631 */ | |
| 1632 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1633 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 /* | |
| 1636 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1637 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1638 */ | |
| 1639 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1640 { | |
| 1641 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1642 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1643 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1644 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1645 } | |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 /* | |
| 1648 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1649 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1650 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1651 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1652 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1653 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1654 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1655 */ | |
| 1656 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1657 { | |
| 1658 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1659 idx = 0; | |
| 1660 srow = 0; | |
| 1661 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1662 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1663 else | |
| 1664 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1665 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1666 { | |
| 1667 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1668 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1669 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1670 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1671 ++idx; | |
| 1672 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1673 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1674 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1675 else | |
| 1676 # endif | |
| 1677 ++lnum; | |
| 1678 } | |
| 1679 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1680 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1681 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1682 { | |
| 1683 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1684 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1685 { | |
| 1686 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1687 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1688 break; | |
| 1689 } | |
| 1690 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1691 } | |
| 1692 } | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 | |
| 1695 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1696 { | |
| 1697 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1698 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1699 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1700 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1701 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 else | |
| 1704 { | |
| 1705 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1706 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1707 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1708 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1709 } |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1712 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1713 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1714 got_int = 0; | |
| 1715 #endif | |
| 1716 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1717 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1718 #endif | |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 /* | |
| 1721 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1722 */ | |
| 1723 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1724 row = 0; | |
| 1725 srow = 0; | |
| 1726 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1727 for (;;) | |
| 1728 { | |
| 1729 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1730 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1731 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1732 { | |
| 1733 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1734 break; | |
| 1735 } | |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1738 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1739 { | |
| 1740 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1741 break; | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1745 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1746 srow = row; | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 /* | |
| 1749 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1750 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1751 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1752 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1753 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1754 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1755 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1756 */ | |
| 1757 if (row < top_end | |
| 1758 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1759 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1760 || top_to_mod | |
| 1761 #endif | |
| 1762 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1763 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1764 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1765 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1766 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1767 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1768 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1769 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1770 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1771 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1772 && ( |
| 1773 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1774 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1775 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1776 # endif | |
| 1777 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1778 #endif | |
|
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1779 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 6018 | 1780 /* match in fixed position might need redraw |
| 1781 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ | |
| 1782 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL | |
| 1783 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) | |
|
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1784 #endif |
| 7 | 1785 ))))) |
| 1786 { | |
| 1787 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1788 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1789 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1790 #endif | |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 /* | |
| 1793 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1794 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1795 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 3318 | 1796 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". |
| 7 | 1797 */ |
| 1798 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1799 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 3318 | 1800 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) |
| 7 | 1801 { |
| 1802 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1803 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1804 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1805 linenr_T l; | |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1808 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1809 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1810 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1811 { | |
| 1812 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1813 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1814 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1815 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1816 break; | |
| 1817 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1818 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1819 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1820 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1821 { | |
| 1822 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1823 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1824 ++i; | |
| 1825 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1826 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1827 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1828 break; | |
| 1829 } | |
| 1830 #endif | |
| 1831 } | |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1834 { | |
| 1835 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1836 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1837 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1838 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 else | |
| 1841 { | |
| 1842 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1843 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1844 j = idx; | |
| 1845 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1846 { | |
| 1847 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1848 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1849 ++new_rows; | |
| 1850 else | |
| 1851 #endif | |
| 1852 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1853 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1854 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1855 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1856 else | |
| 1857 #endif | |
| 1858 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1859 ++j; | |
| 1860 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1861 { | |
| 1862 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1863 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1864 break; | |
| 1865 } | |
| 1866 } | |
| 1867 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1868 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1869 { | |
| 1870 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1871 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1872 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1873 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1874 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1875 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1876 else | |
| 1877 { | |
| 1878 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1879 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1880 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1881 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1882 else | |
| 1883 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1884 } | |
| 1885 } | |
| 1886 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1887 { | |
| 1888 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1889 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1890 * rest. */ | |
| 1891 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1892 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1893 else | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1896 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1897 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1898 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1899 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1900 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1901 * updating down. */ | |
| 1902 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1903 } | |
| 1904 } | |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1907 * entries. */ | |
| 1908 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1909 { | |
| 1910 if (j < i) | |
| 1911 { | |
| 1912 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1915 for (;;) | |
| 1916 { | |
| 1917 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1918 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1919 { | |
| 1920 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1921 break; | |
| 1922 } | |
| 1923 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1924 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1925 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1926 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1927 { | |
| 1928 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1929 break; | |
| 1930 } | |
| 1931 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1932 ++i; | |
| 1933 } | |
| 1934 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1935 bot_start = x; | |
| 1936 } | |
| 1937 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1938 { | |
| 1939 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1940 j -= i; | |
| 1941 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1942 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1943 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1944 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1945 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1948 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1949 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1950 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1951 { | |
| 1952 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1953 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1954 } | |
| 1955 } | |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 } | |
| 1958 } | |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1961 /* | |
| 1962 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1963 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1964 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1965 */ | |
| 1966 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1967 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1968 { | |
| 1969 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1970 ++row; | |
| 1971 --fold_count; | |
| 1972 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1973 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1974 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1975 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1976 # endif | |
| 1977 } | |
| 1978 else | |
| 1979 #endif | |
| 1980 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1981 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1982 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1983 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1984 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1985 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1986 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1987 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1988 #endif | |
| 1989 ) | |
| 1990 { | |
| 1991 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1992 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1993 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1994 } | |
| 1995 else | |
| 1996 { | |
| 1997 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1998 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 1999 #endif | |
| 2000 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2001 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 2002 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2003 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 2004 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 2005 #endif | |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 /* | |
| 2008 * Display one line. | |
| 2009 */ | |
| 625 | 2010 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 2011 |
| 2012 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2013 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 2014 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 2015 #endif | |
| 2016 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2017 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 2018 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 2019 #endif | |
| 2020 } | |
| 2021 | |
| 2022 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 2023 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 2024 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 3318 | 2027 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2028 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); |
| 2029 ++idx; | |
| 2030 break; | |
| 2031 } | |
| 3318 | 2032 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2033 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; |
| 2034 ++idx; | |
| 2035 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2036 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 2037 #else | |
| 2038 ++lnum; | |
| 2039 #endif | |
| 2040 } | |
| 2041 else | |
| 2042 { | |
| 2043 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 2044 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 2045 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 2046 break; | |
| 2047 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2048 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 2049 #else | |
| 2050 ++lnum; | |
| 2051 #endif | |
| 2052 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2053 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 2054 #endif | |
| 2055 } | |
| 2056 | |
| 2057 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2058 { | |
| 2059 eof = TRUE; | |
| 2060 break; | |
| 2061 } | |
| 2062 } | |
| 2063 /* | |
| 2064 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 2065 */ | |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | |
| 2068 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 2069 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 2072 /* | |
| 2073 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 2074 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2075 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 2076 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 2077 #endif | |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 /* | |
| 2080 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 2081 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 2082 */ | |
| 2083 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 2084 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2085 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 2086 #endif | |
| 2087 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 2088 { | |
| 2089 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 2091 /* | |
| 2092 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 2093 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 2094 */ | |
| 2095 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 2096 } | |
| 2097 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2098 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 2099 { | |
| 2100 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 2101 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2102 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 2103 } | |
| 2104 #endif | |
| 2105 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 2106 { | |
| 2107 /* | |
| 2108 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 2109 */ | |
| 2110 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 2111 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 2112 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2113 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2114 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 2115 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2116 } | |
| 2117 else | |
| 2118 { | |
| 2119 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2120 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 2121 } | |
| 2122 } | |
| 2123 else | |
| 2124 { | |
| 2125 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 2126 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 2127 #endif | |
| 2128 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 2129 { | |
| 2130 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 2131 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2132 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 2133 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 2134 { | |
| 2135 /* | |
| 2136 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 2137 */ | |
| 2138 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 2139 i = '-'; | |
| 2140 else | |
| 2141 i = fill_diff; | |
| 2142 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 2143 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 2144 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 2145 row += j; | |
| 2146 } | |
| 2147 #endif | |
| 2148 } | |
| 3318 | 2149 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2150 wp->w_botline = lnum; |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 2153 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 2154 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 2155 } | |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 2158 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 2159 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2160 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2161 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2162 #endif | |
| 2163 | |
| 3318 | 2164 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 2165 { |
| 2166 /* | |
| 2167 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2168 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2169 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2170 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2171 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2172 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2173 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2174 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2175 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2176 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2177 */ | |
| 2178 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2179 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2182 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2183 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2184 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2185 { | |
| 2186 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2187 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2188 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2189 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2190 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2191 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2192 } | |
| 2193 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2194 } | |
| 2195 } | |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2198 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2199 if (!got_int) | |
| 2200 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2201 #endif | |
| 2202 } | |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2205 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 /* | |
| 2208 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2209 */ | |
| 2210 static int | |
| 2211 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2212 win_T *wp; | |
| 2213 { | |
| 2214 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2215 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2216 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2217 # endif |
| 2218 ); | |
| 2219 } | |
| 2220 #endif | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 /* | |
| 2223 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2224 * as the filler character. | |
| 2225 */ | |
| 2226 static void | |
| 2227 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2228 win_T *wp; | |
| 2229 int c1; | |
| 2230 int c2; | |
| 2231 int row; | |
| 2232 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2233 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2234 { |
| 2235 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2236 int n = 0; | |
| 2237 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2238 #else | |
| 2239 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2240 #endif | |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2243 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2246 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2247 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 if (n > 0) | |
| 2250 { | |
| 2251 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2252 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2253 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2254 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2255 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2256 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2257 } | |
| 2258 # endif | |
| 2259 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2260 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2261 { | |
| 2262 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2265 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2266 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2267 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2268 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2269 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2270 n = nn; | |
| 2271 } | |
| 2272 # endif | |
| 2273 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2274 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2275 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2276 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2277 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2278 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2279 } | |
| 2280 else | |
| 2281 #endif | |
| 2282 { | |
| 2283 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2284 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2285 { | |
| 2286 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2287 n = 1; | |
| 2288 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2289 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2290 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2291 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2292 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2293 } | |
| 2294 #endif | |
| 2295 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2296 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 2297 { | |
| 2298 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2301 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2302 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2303 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2304 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2305 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2306 n = nn; | |
| 2307 } | |
| 2308 #endif | |
| 2309 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2310 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2311 { | |
| 2312 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2313 | |
| 2314 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2315 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2316 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2317 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2318 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2319 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2320 n = nn; | |
| 2321 } | |
| 2322 #endif | |
| 2323 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2324 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2325 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2326 } | |
| 2327 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2328 } | |
| 2329 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2330 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2331 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2332 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2333 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2334 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2335 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2336 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2337 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2338 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2339 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2340 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2341 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2342 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2343 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2344 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2345 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2346 |
| 7 | 2347 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2348 /* | |
| 2349 * Display one folded line. | |
| 2350 */ | |
| 2351 static void | |
| 2352 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2353 win_T *wp; | |
| 2354 long fold_count; | |
| 2355 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2356 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2357 int row; | |
| 2358 { | |
| 2359 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2360 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2361 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2362 int len; | |
| 29 | 2363 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2364 int fdc; |
| 2365 int col; | |
| 2366 int txtcol; | |
| 2367 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2368 int ri; |
| 7 | 2369 |
| 2370 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2371 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2372 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2373 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2374 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2375 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2376 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2377 */ | |
| 2378 col = 0; | |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 /* | |
| 2381 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2382 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2383 */ | |
| 2384 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2385 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2386 { | |
| 2387 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2388 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2390 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2391 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2392 #endif | |
| 2393 ++col; | |
| 2394 } | |
| 2395 #endif | |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 /* | |
| 2398 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 2399 */ | |
| 2400 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2401 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2402 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2403 if (fdc > 0) | |
| 2404 { | |
| 2405 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2406 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2407 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2408 { | |
| 2409 int i; | |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2412 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2413 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2414 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2415 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2416 } | |
| 2417 else | |
| 2418 #endif | |
| 2419 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2420 col += fdc; | |
| 2421 } | |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2424 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2425 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2426 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2427 else \ | |
| 2428 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2429 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2430 #else |
| 216 | 2431 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2432 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2433 #endif |
| 2434 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2435 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2436 * text */ |
| 216 | 2437 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2438 |
| 2439 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2440 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2441 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2442 { | |
| 2443 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2444 if (len > 0) | |
| 2445 { | |
| 2446 if (len > 2) | |
| 2447 len = 2; | |
| 2448 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2449 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2450 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2451 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2452 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2453 else | |
| 2454 # endif | |
| 2455 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2456 col += len; | |
| 2457 } | |
| 2458 } | |
| 2459 #endif | |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2462 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2463 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2464 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2465 { |
| 2466 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2467 if (len > 0) | |
| 2468 { | |
| 13 | 2469 int w = number_width(wp); |
| 5905 | 2470 long num; |
| 2471 char *fmt = "%*ld "; | |
| 13 | 2472 |
| 2473 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2474 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2475 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2476 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2477 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2478 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2479 else |
| 4065 | 2480 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2481 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 2482 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2483 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2484 { |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2485 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2486 * line number */ |
| 4065 | 2487 num = lnum; |
| 2488 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 2489 } | |
| 2490 } | |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); | |
| 7 | 2493 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2494 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2495 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2496 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2497 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2498 else | |
| 2499 #endif | |
| 2500 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2501 col += len; | |
| 2502 } | |
| 2503 } | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 /* | |
| 2506 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2507 */ | |
| 29 | 2508 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2509 |
| 2510 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 /* | |
| 2513 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2514 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2515 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2516 */ | |
| 2517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2518 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2519 { | |
| 2520 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2521 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2522 int i; | |
| 7 | 2523 int idx; |
| 2524 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2525 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2526 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2527 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2528 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2529 # endif | |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2532 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2533 idx = off; | |
| 2534 else | |
| 2535 # endif | |
| 2536 idx = off + col; | |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2539 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2540 { | |
| 2541 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2542 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2543 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2544 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2545 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2546 # endif | |
| 2547 ) | |
| 2548 break; | |
| 2549 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2550 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2551 { | |
| 714 | 2552 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2553 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2554 { |
| 2555 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2556 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2557 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2558 #endif | |
| 2559 } | |
| 2560 else | |
| 2561 { | |
| 2562 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2563 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2564 { | |
| 2565 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2566 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2567 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2568 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2571 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2572 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2573 { | |
| 2574 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2575 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2576 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2577 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2578 } |
| 2579 else | |
| 2580 { | |
| 714 | 2581 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2582 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2583 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2584 } |
| 2585 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2586 | |
| 714 | 2587 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2588 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2589 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2590 } | |
| 2591 else | |
| 2592 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2593 #endif | |
| 2594 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2595 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2596 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2597 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2598 else | |
| 1401 | 2599 #endif |
| 7 | 2600 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2601 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2602 { | |
| 2603 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2604 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2605 break; | |
| 2606 } | |
| 7 | 2607 } |
| 2608 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2609 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2610 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2611 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2612 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2613 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2614 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2615 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2616 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2617 col += cells; |
| 2618 idx += cells; | |
| 2619 p += c_len; | |
| 2620 } | |
| 2621 } | |
| 2622 else | |
| 2623 #endif | |
| 2624 { | |
| 2625 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2626 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2627 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2628 if (len > 0) | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2631 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2632 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2633 else | |
| 2634 #endif | |
| 2635 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2636 col += len; | |
| 2637 } | |
| 2638 } | |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2641 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2642 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2643 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2644 #endif | |
| 2645 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2646 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2647 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2648 #endif | |
| 2649 ) | |
| 2650 { | |
| 2651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2652 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2653 { | |
| 2654 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2655 { | |
| 2656 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2657 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2658 } |
| 2659 else | |
| 2660 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2661 } | |
| 2662 #endif | |
| 2663 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2664 } | |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 if (text != buf) | |
| 2667 vim_free(text); | |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 /* | |
| 2670 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2671 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2672 */ | |
| 2673 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2674 { | |
| 2675 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2676 { | |
| 2677 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2678 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2679 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 else | |
| 2682 { | |
| 2683 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2684 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2685 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2686 } | |
| 2687 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2688 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2689 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2690 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2691 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2692 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2693 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2694 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2695 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2696 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2697 { |
| 2698 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2699 { | |
| 2700 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2701 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2702 { | |
| 3040 | 2703 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
| 2704 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
| 2705 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 7 | 2706 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
| 2707 else | |
| 2708 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2709 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2710 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2711 } |
| 2712 } | |
| 2713 else | |
| 216 | 2714 { |
| 7 | 2715 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2716 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2717 } | |
| 7 | 2718 } |
| 2719 } | |
| 2720 | |
| 743 | 2721 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2722 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2723 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2724 { | |
| 2725 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2726 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2727 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2728 else | |
| 2729 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2730 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2731 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2732 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2733 } | |
| 743 | 2734 #endif |
| 7 | 2735 |
| 2736 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2737 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 /* | |
| 2740 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2741 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2742 */ | |
| 2743 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2744 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2745 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2746 { | |
| 2747 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2748 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2749 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2750 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2751 } | |
| 2752 } | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 /* | |
| 2755 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2756 */ | |
| 2757 static void | |
| 2758 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2759 int off; | |
| 2760 char_u *buf; | |
| 2761 int len; | |
| 2762 int attr; | |
| 2763 { | |
| 216 | 2764 int i; |
| 2765 | |
| 7 | 2766 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2767 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2768 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2769 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2770 # endif | |
| 216 | 2771 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2772 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2773 } |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 /* | |
| 2776 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2777 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2778 */ |
| 2779 static void | |
| 2780 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2781 char_u *p; | |
| 2782 win_T *wp; | |
| 2783 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2784 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2785 { | |
| 2786 int i = 0; | |
| 2787 int level; | |
| 2788 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2789 int empty; |
| 7 | 2790 |
| 2791 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 2792 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2795 if (level > 0) | |
| 2796 { | |
| 519 | 2797 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 2798 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
| 2799 | |
| 7 | 2800 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2801 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 519 | 2802 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2803 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2804 first_level = 1; | |
| 2805 | |
| 519 | 2806 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2807 { |
| 2808 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2809 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2810 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2811 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2812 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2813 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2814 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2815 else | |
| 2816 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2817 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2818 break; | |
| 2819 } | |
| 2820 } | |
| 2821 if (closed) | |
| 548 | 2822 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2823 } |
| 2824 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 /* | |
| 2827 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2828 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2829 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2830 * | |
| 2831 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2832 */ | |
| 2833 static int | |
| 625 | 2834 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2835 win_T *wp; |
| 2836 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2837 int startrow; | |
| 2838 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2839 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2840 { |
| 2841 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2842 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2843 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2844 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 2845 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ | |
| 2846 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2847 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2848 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2849 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2850 | |
| 2851 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2852 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2853 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 6026 | 2854 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ |
| 7 | 2855 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2856 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2857 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2858 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2859 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2860 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2863 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2864 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2865 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2866 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2869 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2870 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2871 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2874 | |
| 2875 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2876 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2877 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2878 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2879 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2880 pos_T pos; |
| 2881 long v; | |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2884 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2885 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2886 in this line */ | |
| 2887 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2888 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2889 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2890 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2891 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2892 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2893 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2894 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2895 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2896 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2897 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2898 #endif |
| 2899 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2900 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2901 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2902 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2903 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2904 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2905 starts */ |
| 221 | 2906 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2907 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2908 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2909 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2910 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2911 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2912 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2913 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2914 #endif |
| 2915 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2916 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2917 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2918 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2919 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2920 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2921 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2922 #endif |
| 2923 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2924 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2925 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2926 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2927 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2928 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2929 #endif | |
| 2930 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2931 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2932 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2933 #endif | |
| 910 | 2934 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2935 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2936 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2937 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2938 #endif |
| 2939 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2940 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2941 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2942 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2943 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 2944 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 2945 in progress */ | |
| 1326 | 2946 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol |
| 2947 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2948 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2949 #endif |
| 2950 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2951 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2952 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2953 #endif | |
| 910 | 2954 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2955 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2956 #endif | |
| 7 | 2957 |
| 2958 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2959 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2960 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2961 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2962 #else | |
| 2963 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2964 #endif | |
| 2965 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2966 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2967 #else | |
| 2968 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2969 #endif | |
| 2970 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2971 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2972 #else | |
| 2973 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2974 #endif | |
| 2975 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 5995 | 2976 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 2977 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ | |
| 2978 #else | |
| 2979 # define WL_BRI WL_NR | |
| 2980 #endif | |
| 7 | 2981 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 5995 | 2982 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ |
| 7 | 2983 #else |
| 5995 | 2984 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI |
| 7 | 2985 #endif |
| 2986 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 2987 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 2988 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2989 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 2990 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 2991 #endif | |
| 2992 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2993 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2994 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
2995 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2996 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2997 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2998 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2999 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3000 wrapping */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
3001 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
3002 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3003 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3004 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3005 { \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3006 n_extra += vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3007 vcol -= vcol_off; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3008 vcol_off = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3009 col -= boguscols; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3010 boguscols = 0; \ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3011 } |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3012 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3013 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3014 #endif |
| 7 | 3015 |
| 3016 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 3017 return startrow; | |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 row = startrow; | |
| 3020 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 /* | |
| 3023 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 3024 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 3025 */ | |
| 3026 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3027 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 3028 #else | |
| 3029 extra_check = 0; | |
| 3030 #endif | |
| 3031 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3032 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 3033 { |
| 3034 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 3035 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 3036 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 3037 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 3038 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 3039 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3040 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3041 else |
| 3042 { | |
| 3043 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 3044 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 3045 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3046 } | |
| 3047 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3048 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3049 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3050 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3051 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3052 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 3053 #endif |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 3056 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3057 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3058 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3059 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 3060 { |
| 3061 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 3062 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 3063 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 3064 |
| 3065 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 3066 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 3067 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 3068 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 3069 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 3070 { | |
| 3071 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 3072 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3073 } | |
| 3074 | |
| 3075 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 3076 * line is valid. */ | |
| 3077 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 3078 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 3079 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 3080 |
| 3081 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 3082 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 3083 * the first word. */ | |
| 3084 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 3085 cap_col = -1; | |
| 3086 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 3087 cap_col = 0; | |
| 3088 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 3089 } |
| 7 | 3090 #endif |
| 3091 | |
| 3092 /* | |
| 3093 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 3094 */ | |
| 3095 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3096 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3097 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3098 { | |
| 3099 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3100 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 3101 { | |
| 3102 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3103 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 3104 } | |
| 3105 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 3106 { | |
| 3107 top = &VIsual; | |
| 3108 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3109 } | |
| 1813 | 3110 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 3111 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 3112 { | |
| 1813 | 3113 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 3114 { |
| 3115 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 3116 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 3117 } | |
| 3118 } | |
| 3119 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 3120 { | |
| 3121 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 3122 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3123 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 3124 { | |
| 3125 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 3126 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3127 else | |
| 3128 { | |
| 3129 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3130 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 3131 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 3132 } | |
| 3133 } | |
| 3134 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 3135 { | |
| 3136 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 3137 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3138 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 3139 #endif | |
| 3140 ) | |
| 3141 { | |
| 3142 fromcol = -10; | |
| 3143 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3144 } | |
| 36 | 3145 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 3146 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3147 else |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 pos = *bot; | |
| 3150 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 3151 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3152 else | |
| 3153 { | |
| 3154 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 3155 ++tocol; | |
| 3156 } | |
| 3157 } | |
| 3158 } | |
| 3159 } | |
| 3160 | |
| 3161 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 3162 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 3163 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 3164 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3165 && !gui.in_use | |
| 3166 # endif | |
| 3167 ) | |
| 3168 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 3169 #endif | |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 3172 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3173 { | |
| 3174 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3175 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 3176 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 3674 | 3177 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned |
| 3178 && clip_isautosel_star()) | |
| 3179 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned | |
| 3180 && clip_isautosel_plus())) | |
| 7 | 3181 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); |
| 3182 #endif | |
| 3183 } | |
| 3184 } | |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 /* | |
| 674 | 3187 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3188 */ |
| 5735 | 3189 else if (highlight_match |
| 7 | 3190 && wp == curwin |
| 3191 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3192 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3193 { | |
| 3194 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3195 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3196 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3197 else | |
| 3198 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3199 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3200 { | |
| 3201 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3202 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3203 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 else | |
| 3206 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3207 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3208 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3209 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3210 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3211 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3212 } | |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3215 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3216 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3217 { | |
| 3218 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3219 { | |
| 3220 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3221 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3222 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3223 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3224 else | |
| 3225 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 else | |
| 3228 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3229 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3230 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3231 } | |
| 3232 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3233 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3234 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3235 #endif | |
| 3236 | |
| 3237 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3238 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3239 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3240 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3241 if (v != 0) | |
| 3242 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3243 # endif | |
| 3244 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3245 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3246 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3247 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3248 # endif | |
| 3249 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3250 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3251 #endif | |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3254 ptr = line; | |
| 3255 | |
| 743 | 3256 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3257 if (has_spell) |
| 3258 { | |
| 386 | 3259 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3260 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3261 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3262 |
| 348 | 3263 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3264 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3265 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3266 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3267 { | |
| 3268 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3269 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3270 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3271 } | |
| 3272 else | |
| 3273 { | |
| 835 | 3274 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3275 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3276 { | |
| 3277 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3278 * next line. */ | |
| 3279 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3280 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3281 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3282 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3283 } | |
| 3284 else | |
| 3285 { | |
| 3286 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3287 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3288 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3289 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3290 } | |
| 3291 } | |
| 3292 } | |
| 3293 #endif | |
| 3294 | |
| 7 | 3295 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3296 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3297 { | |
| 3298 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3299 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3300 --trailcol; | |
| 3301 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3302 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3303 } | |
| 3304 | |
| 3305 /* | |
| 3306 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3307 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3308 */ | |
| 3309 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3310 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3311 else | |
| 3312 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3313 if (v > 0) | |
| 3314 { | |
| 3315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3316 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3317 #endif | |
| 3318 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3319 { | |
| 5995 | 3320 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); |
| 7 | 3321 vcol += c; |
| 3322 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3323 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3324 #endif |
| 3325 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3326 } |
| 3327 | |
| 1984 | 3328 /* When: |
| 3329 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3330 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3331 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3332 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3333 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3334 */ | |
| 3335 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 5735 | 3336 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3337 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || | |
| 3338 #endif | |
| 3339 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3340 virtual_active() || | |
| 3341 #endif | |
| 3342 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) | |
| 1984 | 3343 { |
| 7 | 3344 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3345 } |
| 7 | 3346 |
| 3347 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3348 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3349 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3350 { | |
| 3351 vcol -= c; | |
| 3352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3353 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3354 #else | |
| 3355 --ptr; | |
| 3356 #endif | |
| 3357 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3358 } | |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 /* | |
| 3361 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3362 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3363 */ | |
| 3364 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3365 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3366 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3367 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3368 | |
| 3369 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3370 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3371 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3372 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3373 #endif | |
| 743 | 3374 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3375 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3376 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3377 if (has_spell) | |
| 3378 { | |
| 3379 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3380 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3381 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3382 |
| 3383 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3384 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3385 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3386 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3387 |
| 3388 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3389 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3390 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3391 | |
| 530 | 3392 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3393 { |
| 3394 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3395 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3396 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 3572 | 3397 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3398 } |
| 3399 else | |
| 534 | 3400 { |
| 499 | 3401 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3402 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3403 | |
| 534 | 3404 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3405 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3406 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3407 } | |
| 499 | 3408 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3409 |
| 743 | 3410 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3411 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3412 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3413 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3414 # endif |
| 499 | 3415 } |
| 3416 #endif | |
| 7 | 3417 } |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 /* | |
| 3420 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3421 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3422 */ | |
| 3423 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3428 { | |
| 3429 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3430 * cursor */ | |
| 3431 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3432 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3433 } | |
| 3434 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3435 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3436 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3437 } | |
| 3438 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3439 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3440 } | |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3443 /* | |
| 1326 | 3444 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3445 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3446 */ |
| 1326 | 3447 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3448 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3449 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3450 { | |
| 3451 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3452 { | |
| 3453 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3454 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3455 } | |
| 3456 else | |
| 3457 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3458 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3459 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3460 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 5979 | 3461 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 3462 if (cur != NULL) | |
| 3463 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3464 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); | |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3467 * invalid. */ | |
| 3468 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3469 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3472 { | |
| 3473 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3474 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 3475 else | |
| 3476 shl->startcol = 0; | |
| 3477 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 3478 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 3479 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 3480 else | |
| 3481 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3482 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ | |
| 3483 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 3484 { | |
| 3485 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3486 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) | |
| 3487 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); | |
| 7 | 3488 else |
| 5979 | 3489 #endif |
| 3490 ++shl->endcol; | |
| 3491 } | |
| 3492 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ | |
| 3493 { | |
| 3494 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3495 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3496 } | |
| 3497 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3498 } |
| 1326 | 3499 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3500 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3501 } |
| 3502 #endif | |
| 3503 | |
| 743 | 3504 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3505 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3506 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3507 * then. */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3508 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 5979 | 3509 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) |
| 743 | 3510 { |
| 3511 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3512 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3513 } | |
| 3514 #endif | |
| 3515 | |
| 504 | 3516 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3517 col = 0; |
| 3518 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3519 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3520 { | |
| 3521 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3522 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3523 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3524 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3525 off += col; | |
| 3526 } | |
| 3527 #endif | |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 /* | |
| 3530 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3531 */ | |
| 3532 for (;;) | |
| 3533 { | |
| 3534 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3535 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3536 { | |
| 3537 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3538 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3539 { | |
| 3540 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3541 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3542 { | |
| 3543 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3544 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3545 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3546 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3547 } | |
| 3548 } | |
| 3549 #endif | |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3552 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
| 3555 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 3556 { | |
| 3557 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3558 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 3559 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 3560 p_extra = extra; | |
| 1340 | 3561 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3562 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3563 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3564 } | |
| 3565 } | |
| 3566 #endif | |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3569 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3570 { | |
| 3571 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3572 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3573 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 5921 | 3574 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) |
| 7 | 3575 { |
| 2661 | 3576 int text_sign; |
| 7 | 3577 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
| 2661 | 3578 int icon_sign; |
| 7 | 3579 # endif |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3582 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3583 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3584 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3585 | |
| 5921 | 3586 if (row == startrow |
| 3587 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3588 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3589 #endif | |
| 3590 ) | |
| 7 | 3591 { |
| 3592 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3593 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3594 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3595 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3596 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3597 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3598 { | |
| 3599 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3600 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3601 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3602 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3603 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3604 # endif | |
| 3605 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3606 } | |
| 3607 else | |
| 3608 # endif | |
| 3609 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3610 { | |
| 3611 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3612 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3613 { | |
| 3614 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3615 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3616 } |
| 3617 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 } | |
| 3620 } | |
| 3621 } | |
| 3622 #endif | |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3625 { | |
| 3626 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3627 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3628 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3629 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3630 && (row == startrow |
| 3631 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3632 + filler_lines | |
| 3633 #endif | |
| 3634 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3635 { | |
| 3636 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3637 if (row == startrow | |
| 3638 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3639 + filler_lines | |
| 3640 #endif | |
| 3641 ) | |
| 3642 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3643 long num; |
| 4065 | 3644 char *fmt = "%*ld "; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3645 |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3646 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3647 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3648 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3649 else |
| 4065 | 3650 { |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3651 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 3652 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3653 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3654 { |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3655 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ |
| 4065 | 3656 num = lnum; |
| 3657 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
| 3658 } | |
| 3659 } | |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3662 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3663 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3664 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3665 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3666 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3667 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3668 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3669 #endif | |
| 3670 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3671 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3672 } | |
| 3673 else | |
| 3674 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3675 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3676 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3677 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3678 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3427 | 3679 * the current line differently. |
| 3680 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr | |
| 3681 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ | |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3682 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 4065 | 3683 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3427 | 3684 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); |
| 743 | 3685 #endif |
| 7 | 3686 } |
| 3687 } | |
| 3688 | |
| 5995 | 3689 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 3690 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 | |
| 3691 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) | |
| 3692 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ | |
| 3693 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 3694 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3695 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ | |
| 3696 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; | |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ | |
| 3699 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3700 { | |
| 3701 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
| 3702 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3703 # endif | |
| 3704 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow | |
| 3705 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3706 && filler_lines == 0 | |
| 3707 #endif | |
| 3708 ) | |
| 3709 { | |
| 3710 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ | |
| 3711 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3712 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) | |
| 6106 | 3713 { |
| 5995 | 3714 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 3715 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3716 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
| 3717 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 3718 } | |
| 5995 | 3719 #endif |
| 6028 | 3720 p_extra = NULL; |
| 5995 | 3721 c_extra = ' '; |
| 3722 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, | |
| 3723 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); | |
| 3724 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', | |
| 3725 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3726 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3727 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3728 } | |
| 3729 } | |
| 3730 #endif | |
| 3731 | |
| 7 | 3732 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
| 3733 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3734 { | |
| 3735 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3736 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3737 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3738 { | |
| 3739 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3740 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3741 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3742 else | |
| 3743 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3744 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3745 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3746 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3747 else | |
| 3748 # endif | |
| 3749 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3750 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3751 } | |
| 3752 # endif | |
| 3753 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3754 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3755 { | |
| 3756 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3757 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3758 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3759 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3760 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3761 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 3762 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', | |
| 3763 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3764 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3765 tocol += n_extra; | |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3766 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3767 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ |
|
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3768 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 6106 | 3769 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, |
| 3770 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
|
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3771 #endif |
| 7 | 3772 } |
| 3773 # endif | |
| 3774 } | |
| 3775 #endif | |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3778 { | |
| 3779 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3780 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3781 { | |
| 3782 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3783 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3784 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3785 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3786 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3787 } | |
| 3788 else | |
| 3789 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3790 } | |
| 3791 } | |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 3318 | 3794 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin |
| 819 | 3795 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 7 | 3796 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3797 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3798 #endif | |
| 3799 ) | |
| 3800 { | |
| 3801 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3802 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3803 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3804 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3805 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3806 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3807 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3808 else | |
| 3809 #endif | |
| 3810 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3811 break; |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3815 { | |
| 3816 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3817 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3819 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3820 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3821 #endif | |
| 3822 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3823 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3824 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3825 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3826 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3827 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3828 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3829 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3830 | |
| 3831 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3832 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3833 { | |
| 3834 /* | |
| 3835 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3836 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3837 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3838 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3839 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3840 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3841 */ |
| 36 | 3842 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3843 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3844 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3845 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3846 { | |
| 3847 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3848 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3849 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3850 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3851 { | |
| 3852 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3853 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3854 } | |
| 3855 else | |
| 3856 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 5979 | 3857 if (cur != NULL) |
| 3858 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 3859 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 3860 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL | |
| 3861 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) | |
| 7 | 3862 { |
| 36 | 3863 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3864 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3865 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3866 { |
| 6430 | 3867 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3868 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); | |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) | |
| 3871 shl->endcol = tmp_col; | |
| 3872 #endif | |
| 7 | 3873 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; |
| 3874 } | |
| 6430 | 3875 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3876 { |
| 3877 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 5979 | 3878 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); |
| 3879 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 3880 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
| 7 | 3881 |
| 3882 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3883 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3884 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3885 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3888 { | |
| 36 | 3889 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3890 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3891 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3892 else |
| 36 | 3893 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3896 { |
| 3897 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3898 * it */ | |
| 3899 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3900 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3901 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3902 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3903 else |
| 3904 #endif | |
| 36 | 3905 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3906 } |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3909 * current position */ | |
| 3910 continue; | |
| 3911 } | |
| 3912 } | |
| 3913 break; | |
| 3914 } | |
| 1326 | 3915 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3916 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3917 } | |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3920 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3921 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3922 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3923 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3924 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3927 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3928 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3929 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3930 { |
| 1326 | 3931 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3932 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3933 } |
| 1326 | 3934 else |
| 3935 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3936 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3937 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3938 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3939 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3940 } | |
| 7 | 3941 } |
| 3942 #endif | |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3945 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3946 { |
| 1295 | 3947 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3948 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3949 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3950 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3951 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3952 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3953 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 3954 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 3955 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 674 | 3956 } |
| 3957 #endif | |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3960 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3961 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3962 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3963 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3964 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3965 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3966 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3967 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3968 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3969 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 3970 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 3971 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 3972 #endif | |
| 3973 else | |
| 3974 { | |
| 3975 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 3976 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3977 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3978 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 3979 else | |
| 3980 #endif | |
| 3981 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3982 } | |
| 7 | 3983 } |
| 3984 | |
| 3985 /* | |
| 3986 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 3987 */ | |
| 3988 /* | |
| 1340 | 3989 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 3990 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 3991 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 3992 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 3993 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 3994 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 3995 */ | |
| 3996 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 3997 { | |
| 3998 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 3999 { | |
| 4000 c = c_extra; | |
| 4001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4002 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 4003 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4004 { | |
| 4005 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4006 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4007 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4008 } |
| 4009 else | |
| 4010 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4011 #endif | |
| 4012 } | |
| 4013 else | |
| 4014 { | |
| 4015 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4016 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4017 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4018 { | |
| 4019 mb_c = c; | |
| 4020 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4021 { | |
| 4022 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 4023 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 4024 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 4025 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4026 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 4027 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4028 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4029 { | |
| 714 | 4030 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4031 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 4032 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4033 } |
| 4034 } | |
| 4035 else | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 4038 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4039 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 4040 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4041 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4042 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 4043 } | |
| 504 | 4044 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 4045 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4046 | |
| 7 | 4047 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 4048 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 4049 if (( |
| 7 | 4050 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4051 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4052 # endif | |
| 504 | 4053 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 4054 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 4055 { | |
| 4056 c = '>'; | |
| 4057 mb_c = c; | |
| 4058 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4059 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4060 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4061 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 4062 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4063 ++n_extra; | |
| 4064 --p_extra; | |
| 4065 } | |
| 4066 else | |
| 4067 { | |
| 4068 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4069 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4070 } | |
| 4071 } | |
| 4072 #endif | |
| 4073 ++p_extra; | |
| 4074 } | |
| 4075 --n_extra; | |
| 4076 } | |
| 4077 else | |
| 4078 { | |
| 6026 | 4079 if (p_extra_free != NULL) |
| 4080 { | |
| 4081 vim_free(p_extra_free); | |
| 4082 p_extra_free = NULL; | |
| 4083 } | |
| 7 | 4084 /* |
| 4085 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 4086 */ | |
| 4087 c = *ptr; | |
| 4088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4089 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4090 { | |
| 4091 mb_c = c; | |
| 4092 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4093 { | |
| 4094 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 4095 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 4096 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 4097 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 4098 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4099 { | |
| 714 | 4100 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 4101 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 4102 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 4103 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 4104 c = mb_c; | |
| 4105 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 4106 |
| 4107 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 4108 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 4109 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 4110 { | |
| 1326 | 4111 int i; |
| 4112 | |
| 714 | 4113 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 4114 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 4115 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 4116 mb_c = ' '; |
| 4117 } | |
| 7 | 4118 } |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 4121 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 4122 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 4123 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 4124 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 4125 # endif | |
| 4126 ))) | |
| 7 | 4127 { |
| 4128 /* | |
| 4129 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 4130 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 4131 */ | |
| 1401 | 4132 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4133 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 4134 # endif |
| 7 | 4135 { |
| 4136 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 4137 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 4138 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 4139 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 4140 # endif |
| 7 | 4141 } |
| 1401 | 4142 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 4143 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 4144 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 4145 else | |
| 4146 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 4147 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 4148 # endif |
| 7 | 4149 |
| 4150 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4151 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4152 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 4153 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 4154 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 4155 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4156 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4157 { | |
| 4158 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4159 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4160 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4161 } | |
| 4162 } | |
| 4163 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4164 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4165 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 4166 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 4167 { | |
| 4168 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 4169 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 4170 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 4171 |
| 4172 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 4173 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 4174 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4175 { | |
| 4176 pc = prev_c; | |
| 4177 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 4178 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 4179 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 4180 } |
| 4181 else | |
| 4182 { | |
| 714 | 4183 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 4184 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 4185 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 4186 } |
| 4187 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4188 | |
| 714 | 4189 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 4190 } |
| 4191 else | |
| 4192 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 4193 #endif | |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 4196 { | |
| 4197 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 4198 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 4199 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4200 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 4201 { | |
| 4202 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 4203 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 4204 */ | |
| 4205 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 4206 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 4207 else | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 4210 { | |
| 4211 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 4212 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4213 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 4214 } | |
| 4215 else | |
| 4216 { | |
| 4217 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 4218 mb_l = 2; | |
| 4219 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 4220 } | |
| 4221 p_extra = extra; | |
| 4222 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 4223 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4224 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 4225 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4226 { | |
| 4227 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4228 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4229 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4230 } | |
| 4231 mb_c = c; | |
| 4232 } | |
| 4233 } | |
| 4234 } | |
| 4235 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 4236 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 4237 * next line. */ | |
| 4238 if (( | |
| 4239 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4240 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 4241 # endif | |
| 4242 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 4243 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 4244 { | |
| 4245 c = '>'; | |
| 4246 mb_c = c; | |
| 4247 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4248 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4249 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4250 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 4251 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4252 --ptr; | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4255 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4258 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
| 4352 | 4259 * characters. */ |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4260 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
| 7 | 4261 { |
| 4262 n_extra = 1; | |
| 3586 | 4263 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; |
| 7 | 4264 c = ' '; |
| 4265 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4266 { | |
| 4267 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4268 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4269 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4270 } | |
| 4271 mb_c = c; | |
| 4272 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4273 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4274 } | |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 } | |
| 4277 #endif | |
| 4278 ++ptr; | |
| 4279 | |
| 12 | 4280 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 4281 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 4282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4283 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 4284 #endif | |
| 4285 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 4286 { |
| 4287 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 4288 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4289 { | |
| 4290 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4291 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4292 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4293 } | |
| 4294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4295 mb_c = c; | |
| 4296 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4297 { | |
| 4298 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4299 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4300 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4301 } |
| 4302 else | |
| 4303 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4304 #endif | |
| 4305 } | |
| 4306 | |
| 7 | 4307 if (extra_check) |
| 4308 { | |
| 743 | 4309 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4310 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4311 #endif |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4314 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4315 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4316 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4317 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4318 { |
| 4319 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4320 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4321 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4322 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4323 | |
| 221 | 4324 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4325 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4326 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4327 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4328 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4329 |
| 4330 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4331 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4332 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4333 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4334 } | |
| 7 | 4335 else |
| 4336 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4339 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4340 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4341 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4342 | |
| 674 | 4343 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4344 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4345 else |
| 303 | 4346 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4347 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4348 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4349 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4350 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4351 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4352 else |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4353 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4354 # endif |
| 7 | 4355 } |
| 743 | 4356 #endif |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4359 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4360 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4361 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4362 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4363 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4364 { |
| 230 | 4365 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4366 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4367 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4368 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4369 # endif |
| 4370 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4371 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4372 !has_syntax || | |
| 4373 # endif | |
| 4374 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4375 { |
| 348 | 4376 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4377 int len; | |
| 534 | 4378 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4379 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4380 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4381 { | |
| 4382 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4383 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4384 } | |
| 4385 else | |
| 221 | 4386 # endif |
| 336 | 4387 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4388 |
| 4389 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4390 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4391 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4392 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4393 else | |
| 4394 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4395 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4396 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4397 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4398 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4399 |
| 4400 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4401 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4402 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4403 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4404 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4405 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4406 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4407 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4408 { |
| 534 | 4409 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4410 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4411 } |
| 348 | 4412 |
| 534 | 4413 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4414 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4415 { | |
| 4416 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4417 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4418 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4419 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4420 } |
| 386 | 4421 |
| 534 | 4422 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4423 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4424 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4425 | |
| 386 | 4426 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4427 { | |
| 4428 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4429 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4430 { | |
| 4431 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4432 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4433 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4434 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4435 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4436 } |
| 4437 else | |
| 4438 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4439 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4440 } |
| 221 | 4441 } |
| 4442 } | |
| 4443 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4444 { |
| 674 | 4445 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4446 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4447 else | |
| 4448 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4449 } | |
| 7 | 4450 #endif |
| 4451 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4452 /* | |
| 221 | 4453 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4454 */ |
| 6026 | 4455 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) |
| 7 | 4456 { |
| 5995 | 4457 char_u *p = ptr - ( |
| 7 | 4458 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4459 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4460 # endif | |
| 5995 | 4461 1); |
| 4462 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ | |
| 6026 | 4463 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, |
| 5995 | 4464 NULL) - 1; |
| 6371 | 4465 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4466 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 4467 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
| 4468 | |
| 7 | 4469 c_extra = ' '; |
| 4470 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4471 { |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4472 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4473 if (c == TAB) |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4474 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4475 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
|
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4476 #endif |
| 6026 | 4477 if (!wp->w_p_list) |
| 4478 c = ' '; | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4479 } |
| 7 | 4480 } |
| 4481 #endif | |
| 4482 | |
| 4483 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4484 { | |
| 4485 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4486 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4487 { |
| 4488 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4489 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4490 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4491 } | |
| 4492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4493 mb_c = c; | |
| 4494 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4495 { | |
| 4496 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4497 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4498 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4499 } |
| 4500 else | |
| 4501 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4502 #endif | |
| 4503 } | |
| 4504 } | |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 /* | |
| 4507 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4508 */ | |
| 819 | 4509 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4510 { |
| 4511 /* | |
| 4512 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4513 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4514 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4515 */ | |
| 4516 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4517 { | |
| 6026 | 4518 int tab_len = 0; |
| 7 | 4519 /* tab amount depends on current column */ |
| 6026 | 4520 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts |
| 3984 | 4521 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
| 6026 | 4522 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 6100 | 4523 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) |
| 6026 | 4524 #endif |
| 4525 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4526 n_extra = tab_len; | |
| 4527 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4528 else | |
| 4529 { | |
| 4530 char_u *p; | |
| 4531 int len = n_extra; | |
| 4532 int i; | |
| 4533 int saved_nextra = n_extra; | |
| 4534 | |
| 6172 | 4535 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 4536 if (is_concealing && vcol_off > 0) | |
| 4537 /* there are characters to conceal */ | |
| 4538 tab_len += vcol_off; | |
| 4539 #endif | |
| 6026 | 4540 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to |
| 4541 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width | |
| 4542 * for a tab */ | |
| 4543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4544 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); | |
| 4545 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 4546 len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
| 4547 #endif | |
| 4548 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4549 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
| 4550 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); | |
| 4551 p[len] = NUL; | |
| 4552 p_extra_free = p; | |
| 4553 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) | |
| 4554 { | |
| 4555 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4556 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); | |
| 4557 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); | |
| 4558 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) | |
| 4559 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); | |
| 4560 #else | |
| 4561 p[i] = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4562 #endif | |
| 4563 } | |
| 4564 p_extra = p_extra_free; | |
| 6172 | 4565 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 4566 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS | |
| 4567 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ | |
| 4568 if (is_concealing && vcol_off > 0) | |
| 4569 n_extra -= vcol_off; | |
| 4570 #endif | |
| 6026 | 4571 } |
| 4572 #endif | |
| 3984 | 4573 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
| 4574 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of | |
| 4575 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all | |
| 4576 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets vcol_off | |
| 4577 * and boguscols accumulated so far in the line. Note that | |
| 4578 * the tab can be longer than 'tabstop' when there | |
| 4579 * are concealed characters. */ | |
|
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4580 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
| 3984 | 4581 #endif |
| 7 | 4582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4583 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4584 #endif | |
| 4585 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4586 { | |
| 4587 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 6026 | 4588 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 4589 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
| 4590 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ | |
| 4591 else | |
| 4592 #endif | |
| 4593 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4594 n_attr = tab_len + 1; | |
| 7 | 4595 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); |
| 4596 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4597 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4598 mb_c = c; | |
| 4599 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4600 { | |
| 4601 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4602 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4603 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4604 } |
| 4605 #endif | |
| 4606 } | |
| 4607 else | |
| 4608 { | |
| 4609 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4610 c = ' '; | |
| 4611 } | |
| 4612 } | |
| 36 | 4613 else if (c == NUL |
| 4614 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4615 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4616 && tocol > vcol | |
| 4617 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4618 && ( | |
| 4619 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4620 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4621 # endif | |
| 4622 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4623 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4624 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4625 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4626 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4627 { |
| 36 | 4628 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4629 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4630 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4631 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4632 * "$". */ | |
| 4633 if ( | |
| 4634 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4635 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4636 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4637 && | |
| 4638 # endif | |
| 4639 # endif | |
| 4640 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4641 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4642 # endif | |
| 4643 ) | |
| 4644 #endif | |
| 4645 { | |
| 4646 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4647 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4648 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4649 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4650 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4651 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4652 else | |
| 4653 #endif | |
| 4654 { | |
| 4655 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4656 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4657 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4658 } | |
| 4659 } | |
| 36 | 4660 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4661 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4662 else | |
| 4663 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4664 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4665 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4666 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4667 { |
| 4668 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4669 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4670 } | |
| 4671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4672 mb_c = c; | |
| 4673 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4674 { | |
| 4675 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4676 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4677 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4678 } |
| 4679 else | |
| 4680 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4681 #endif | |
| 4682 } | |
| 4683 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4684 { | |
| 4685 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 6064 | 4686 if (n_extra == 0) |
| 4687 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 7 | 4688 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4689 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4690 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4691 #endif | |
| 4692 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 6026 | 4693 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
| 4694 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
| 4695 { | |
| 4696 char_u *p; | |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 c = *p_extra; | |
| 4699 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); | |
| 4700 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); | |
| 4701 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); | |
| 4702 p[n_extra] = NUL; | |
| 4703 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; | |
| 4704 } | |
| 4705 else | |
| 4706 #endif | |
| 4707 { | |
| 4708 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4709 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 4710 } | |
| 674 | 4711 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4712 { |
| 4713 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4714 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4715 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4716 } | |
| 4717 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4718 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4719 #endif | |
| 4720 } | |
| 4721 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4722 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4723 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4724 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4725 && virtual_active() | |
| 4726 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4727 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4728 && ( | |
| 4729 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4730 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4731 # endif | |
| 4732 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4733 { | |
| 4734 c = ' '; | |
| 4735 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4736 } | |
| 4737 #endif | |
| 910 | 4738 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4739 else if (( |
| 4740 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4741 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4742 # endif |
| 4743 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4744 ) && ( | |
| 4745 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4746 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4747 # endif | |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4748 (col |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4749 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4750 - boguscols |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4751 # endif |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4752 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
| 7 | 4753 { |
| 4754 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4755 c = ' '; | |
| 4756 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4757 |
| 4758 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4759 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4762 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4763 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4764 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4765 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4766 { | |
| 4767 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4768 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 6106 | 4769 { |
| 7 | 4770 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 6106 | 4771 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 4772 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
| 4773 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
| 4774 } | |
| 7 | 4775 } |
| 4776 # endif | |
| 4777 } | |
| 4778 #endif | |
| 4779 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4780 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4781 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4782 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4783 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4784 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
|
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4785 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4786 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4787 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4788 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4789 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4790 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4791 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4792 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4793 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4794 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4795 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4796 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4797 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4798 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4799 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4800 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4801 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4802 |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4803 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4804 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4805 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4806 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4807 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4808 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4809 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4810 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4811 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4812 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4813 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4814 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4815 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4816 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4817 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4818 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4819 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4820 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4821 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4822 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4823 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4824 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4825 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4826 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4827 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4828 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4829 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4830 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4831 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4832 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4833 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4834 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4835 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4836 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4837 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4838 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4839 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4840 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4841 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4842 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4843 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4844 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4845 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4846 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4847 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4848 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4849 } |
| 4850 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4851 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4852 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4853 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4854 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
|
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4855 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4856 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4857 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4858 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4859 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4860 wp->w_wrow = row; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4861 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4862 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4863 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4864 |
| 7 | 4865 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4866 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4867 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4868 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4869 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4870 | |
| 42 | 4871 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4872 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4873 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4874 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4875 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4876 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4877 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4878 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4879 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4880 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4885 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4886 else |
| 4887 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4888 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4891 { | |
| 4892 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4893 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4894 } | |
| 4895 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4896 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4897 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4898 feedback_col++; | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4901 { | |
| 4902 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4903 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4904 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4905 } | |
| 4906 } | |
| 4907 #endif | |
| 4908 /* | |
| 4909 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4910 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4911 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4912 */ | |
| 4913 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 6276 | 4914 && wp->w_p_list |
| 7 | 4915 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) |
| 4916 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4917 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4918 #endif | |
| 4919 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4920 && c != NUL) | |
| 4921 { | |
| 4922 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4923 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4924 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3586 | 4925 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
| 4926 { | |
| 4927 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" | |
| 4928 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ | |
| 4929 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; | |
| 4930 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4931 n_attr = 2; | |
| 4932 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4933 } | |
| 7 | 4934 mb_c = c; |
| 4935 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4936 { | |
| 4937 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4938 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4939 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4940 } |
| 4941 else | |
| 4942 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4943 #endif | |
| 674 | 4944 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4945 { |
| 4946 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4947 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 4948 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 4949 } | |
| 4950 } | |
| 4951 | |
| 4952 /* | |
| 867 | 4953 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 4954 */ |
| 867 | 4955 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 4956 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4957 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 4958 #endif | |
| 4959 ) | |
| 4960 { | |
| 4961 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4962 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 4963 |
| 4964 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 4965 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 4966 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 4967 #endif |
| 4968 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4969 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 4970 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 4971 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 4972 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 4973 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4974 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4975 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 4976 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4977 else | |
| 4978 { | |
| 4979 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4980 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 4981 { | |
| 4982 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 4983 { | |
| 4984 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4985 break; | |
| 4986 } | |
| 4987 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4988 } | |
| 4989 } | |
| 4990 #endif | |
| 7 | 4991 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 4992 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 4993 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4994 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 4995 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4996 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 4997 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4998 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 4999 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 5000 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 5001 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 5002 # endif | |
| 5003 ) | |
| 7 | 5004 #endif |
| 5005 )) | |
| 5006 { | |
| 5007 int n = 0; | |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5010 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5011 { | |
| 5012 if (col < 0) | |
| 5013 n = 1; | |
| 5014 } | |
| 5015 else | |
| 5016 #endif | |
| 5017 { | |
| 5018 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5019 n = -1; | |
| 5020 } | |
| 5021 if (n != 0) | |
| 5022 { | |
| 5023 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 5024 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 5025 off += n; | |
| 5026 col += n; | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 else | |
| 5029 { | |
| 5030 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 5031 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 5032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5033 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5034 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5035 #endif | |
| 5036 } | |
| 5037 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 5038 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 5039 { | |
| 1326 | 5040 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 5041 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 5042 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 5043 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 5044 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 5045 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 5046 { |
| 1326 | 5047 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 5048 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 5049 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 5050 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 5051 { |
| 1326 | 5052 shl = &search_hl; |
| 5053 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 5054 } |
| 1326 | 5055 else |
| 5056 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 5057 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 5058 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 5059 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 5060 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 5061 } |
| 7 | 5062 } |
| 5063 #endif | |
| 5064 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 5065 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5066 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 5067 { |
| 7 | 5068 --col; |
| 1437 | 5069 --off; |
| 5070 } | |
| 7 | 5071 else |
| 5072 #endif | |
| 1437 | 5073 { |
| 7 | 5074 ++col; |
| 1437 | 5075 ++off; |
| 5076 } | |
| 743 | 5077 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 5078 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5079 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 5080 #endif | |
| 743 | 5081 } |
| 867 | 5082 } |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 /* | |
| 5085 * At end of the text line. | |
| 5086 */ | |
| 5087 if (c == NUL) | |
| 5088 { | |
| 743 | 5089 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 5090 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 5091 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 5092 { |
| 5093 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 5094 --col; | |
| 5095 --off; | |
| 5096 --vcol; | |
| 5097 } | |
| 5098 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5099 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 5100 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 5101 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 5102 else | |
| 5103 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5104 |
| 820 | 5105 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 5106 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 5107 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5108 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5109 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5110 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5111 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5112 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5113 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5114 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5115 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5116 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5117 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5118 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5119 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5120 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5121 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5122 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5123 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 5124 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 5125 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 5126 # endif | |
| 5127 ) | |
| 5128 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5129 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5130 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5131 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5132 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5133 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5134 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5135 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5136 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5137 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5138 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5139 |
| 743 | 5140 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 5141 { | |
| 5142 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 5143 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5144 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5145 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5146 #endif | |
| 5147 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5148 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5149 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5150 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5151 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5152 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5153 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5154 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5155 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5156 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5157 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5158 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5159 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 5160 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5161 |
| 743 | 5162 ++vcol; |
| 5163 } | |
| 5164 } | |
| 5165 #endif | |
| 7 | 5166 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5167 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5168 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 5169 row++; |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 /* | |
| 5172 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 5173 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 5174 */ | |
| 5175 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 5176 { | |
| 5177 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 5178 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 5179 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 5180 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 5181 #endif | |
| 5182 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 5183 } | |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 break; | |
| 5186 } | |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 5189 if (lcs_ext | |
| 5190 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5191 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5192 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5193 #endif | |
| 5194 && ( | |
| 5195 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5196 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 5197 #endif | |
| 5198 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 5199 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 5200 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 5201 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 5204 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 5205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5206 mb_c = c; | |
| 5207 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 5208 { | |
| 5209 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 5210 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 5211 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 5212 } |
| 5213 else | |
| 5214 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 5215 #endif | |
| 5216 } | |
| 5217 | |
| 743 | 5218 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5219 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5220 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5221 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5222 |
| 743 | 5223 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5224 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5225 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5226 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5227 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5228 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5229 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5230 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5231 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5232 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5233 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5234 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5235 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
5236 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5237 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5238 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5239 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5240 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5241 } |
| 743 | 5242 #endif |
| 5243 | |
| 7 | 5244 /* |
| 5245 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 5246 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 5247 */ | |
| 5248 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 5249 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 5250 { | |
| 5251 /* | |
| 5252 * Store the character. | |
| 5253 */ | |
| 5254 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 5255 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5256 { | |
| 5257 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 5258 --off; | |
| 5259 --col; | |
| 5260 } | |
| 5261 #endif | |
| 5262 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 5263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5264 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5265 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5266 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5267 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 5268 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5269 } |
| 7 | 5270 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 5271 { | |
| 5272 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 5273 { | |
| 1326 | 5274 int i; |
| 5275 | |
| 7 | 5276 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 5277 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 5278 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 5279 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 5280 { | |
| 5281 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 5282 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 5283 break; | |
| 5284 } | |
| 7 | 5285 } |
| 5286 else | |
| 5287 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 5288 } | |
| 5289 if (multi_attr) | |
| 5290 { | |
| 5291 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 5292 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 5293 } | |
| 5294 else | |
| 5295 #endif | |
| 5296 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5299 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 5300 { | |
| 5301 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 5302 ++off; | |
| 5303 ++col; | |
| 5304 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5305 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5306 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 5307 else | |
| 5308 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 5309 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 5310 ++vcol; | |
| 5311 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 5312 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 5313 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 5314 ++tocol; | |
| 5315 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5316 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5317 { | |
| 5318 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 5319 --off; | |
| 5320 --col; | |
| 5321 } | |
| 5322 #endif | |
| 5323 } | |
| 5324 #endif | |
| 5325 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5326 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5327 { | |
| 5328 --off; | |
| 5329 --col; | |
| 5330 } | |
| 5331 else | |
| 5332 #endif | |
| 5333 { | |
| 5334 ++off; | |
| 5335 ++col; | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5338 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
5339 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5340 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5341 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5342 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5343 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5344 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5345 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5346 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5347 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5348 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5349 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5350 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5351 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5352 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5353 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5354 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5355 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5356 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5357 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5358 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5359 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5360 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5361 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5362 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5363 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5364 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5365 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5366 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5367 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5368 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5369 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5370 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5371 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5372 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5373 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5374 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5375 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5376 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5377 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5378 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5379 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5380 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5381 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5382 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5383 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5384 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5385 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5386 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5387 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5388 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5389 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5390 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5391 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5392 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5393 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5394 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5395 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5396 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5397 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5398 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5399 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5400 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5401 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5402 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5403 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5404 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5405 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5406 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5407 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5408 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5409 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5410 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5411 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5412 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5413 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5414 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5415 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5416 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5417 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5418 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5419 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5420 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5421 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5422 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5423 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5424 else |
| 5425 --n_skip; | |
| 5426 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5427 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5428 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5429 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5430 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5431 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5432 #endif | |
| 5433 ) | |
| 5434 ++vcol; | |
| 5435 | |
| 743 | 5436 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5437 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5438 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5439 #endif | |
| 5440 | |
| 7 | 5441 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5442 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5443 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5446 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5447 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 /* | |
| 5450 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5451 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5452 */ |
| 5453 if (( | |
| 5454 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5455 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5456 #endif | |
| 5457 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5458 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5459 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5460 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5461 #endif | |
| 2724 | 5462 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
| 7 | 5463 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
| 5464 ) | |
| 5465 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5466 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5467 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5468 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5469 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5470 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5471 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5472 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5473 #endif |
| 7 | 5474 ++row; |
| 5475 ++screen_row; | |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5478 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5479 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5480 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5481 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5482 #endif | |
| 5483 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5484 break; | |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5487 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5488 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5489 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5490 #endif | |
| 5491 ) | |
| 5492 { | |
| 5493 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5494 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5495 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5496 #endif | |
| 5497 row = endrow; | |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5501 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5502 { | |
| 5503 ++row; | |
| 5504 break; | |
| 5505 } | |
| 5506 | |
| 5507 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5508 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5509 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5510 #endif | |
| 5511 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5512 { | |
| 5513 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5514 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 /* | |
| 5517 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5518 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5519 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5520 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5521 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5522 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5523 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5524 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5525 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5526 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5527 */ | |
| 5528 if (p_tf | |
| 5529 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5530 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5531 #endif | |
| 5532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5533 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5534 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5535 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5536 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5537 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5538 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5539 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5540 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5541 #endif |
| 5542 ) | |
| 5543 { | |
| 5544 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5545 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5546 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5547 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5548 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5549 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5550 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5551 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5554 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5555 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5556 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5557 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5558 out_char(' '); |
| 5559 else | |
| 5560 #endif | |
| 5561 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5562 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5563 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5564 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5565 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5566 } | |
| 5567 } | |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 col = 0; | |
| 5570 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5571 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5572 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5573 { | |
| 5574 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5575 off += col; | |
| 5576 } | |
| 5577 #endif | |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5580 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5581 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5582 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5583 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5584 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5585 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5586 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5587 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5588 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5589 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5590 # endif | |
| 5591 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5592 #endif | |
| 5593 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5594 --filler_todo; | |
| 5595 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5596 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5597 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5598 break; | |
| 5599 #endif | |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5603 | |
| 743 | 5604 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5605 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5606 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5607 { | |
| 5608 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5609 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5610 } | |
| 5611 #endif | |
| 5612 | |
| 7 | 5613 return row; |
| 5614 } | |
| 5615 | |
| 714 | 5616 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5617 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5618 | |
| 5619 /* | |
| 5620 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5621 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5622 */ |
| 5623 static int | |
| 5624 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5625 int off_from; | |
| 5626 int off_to; | |
| 5627 { | |
| 5628 int i; | |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5631 { | |
| 5632 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5633 return TRUE; | |
| 5634 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5635 break; | |
| 5636 } | |
| 5637 return FALSE; | |
| 5638 } | |
| 5639 #endif | |
| 5640 | |
| 7 | 5641 /* |
| 5642 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5643 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5644 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5645 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5646 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5647 */ |
| 5648 static int | |
| 5649 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5650 int off_from; | |
| 5651 int off_to; | |
| 5652 int cols; | |
| 5653 { | |
| 5654 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5655 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5656 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5659 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5660 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5661 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5662 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5663 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5664 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5665 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5666 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5667 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5668 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 3759 | 5669 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 |
| 5670 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5671 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5672 #endif |
| 5673 )) | |
| 5674 return TRUE; | |
| 5675 return FALSE; | |
| 5676 } | |
| 5677 | |
| 5678 /* | |
| 5679 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5680 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5681 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5682 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5683 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5684 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5685 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5686 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5687 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5688 */ | |
| 5689 static void | |
| 5690 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5691 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5692 , rlflag | |
| 5693 #endif | |
| 5694 ) | |
| 5695 int row; | |
| 5696 int coloff; | |
| 5697 int endcol; | |
| 5698 int clear_width; | |
| 5699 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5700 int rlflag; | |
| 5701 #endif | |
| 5702 { | |
| 5703 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5704 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5705 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5706 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5707 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5708 #endif | |
| 7 | 5709 int col = 0; |
| 5710 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5711 int hl; | |
| 5712 #endif | |
| 5713 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5714 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5715 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5716 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5717 #endif | |
| 5718 ; | |
| 5719 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5720 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5721 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5722 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5723 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5724 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5725 #else | |
| 5726 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5727 #endif | |
| 5728 | |
| 3413 | 5729 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ |
| 5730 if (row >= Rows) | |
| 5731 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 5732 if (endcol > Columns) | |
| 5733 endcol = Columns; | |
| 5734 | |
| 7 | 5735 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
| 5736 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5737 # endif | |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5740 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5741 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5742 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5743 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5744 #endif | |
| 7 | 5745 |
| 5746 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5747 if (rlflag) | |
| 5748 { | |
| 5749 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5750 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5751 { | |
| 5752 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5753 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5754 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5755 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5756 # endif | |
| 5757 ) | |
| 5758 { | |
| 5759 ++off_to; | |
| 5760 ++col; | |
| 5761 } | |
| 5762 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5763 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5764 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5765 } | |
| 5766 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5767 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5768 off_from += col; | |
| 5769 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5770 } | |
| 5771 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5776 { | |
| 5777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5778 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5779 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5780 else |
| 5781 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5782 #endif | |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5785 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5786 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5787 | |
| 5788 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5789 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5790 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5791 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5792 */ | |
| 5793 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5794 { | |
| 5795 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5796 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5797 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5798 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5799 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5800 } | |
| 5801 #endif | |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5804 { | |
| 5805 /* | |
| 5806 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5807 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5808 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5809 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5810 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5811 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5812 * character. | |
| 5813 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5814 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5815 * completely. | |
| 5816 */ | |
| 5817 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5818 && !force | |
| 5819 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5820 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5821 #endif | |
| 5822 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5823 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5824 { | |
| 5825 /* | |
| 5826 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5827 */ | |
| 5828 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5829 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5830 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5831 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5832 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 /* | |
| 5835 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5836 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5837 */ | |
| 5838 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5839 { | |
| 5840 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5841 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5842 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5843 } | |
| 5844 else | |
| 5845 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5846 } | |
| 5847 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5848 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5849 { | |
| 5850 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5851 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5852 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5853 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5854 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5855 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5856 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5857 { |
| 5858 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5859 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5860 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5861 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5862 } | |
| 5863 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5864 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5865 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5866 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5867 { |
| 5868 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5869 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5870 * cell. */ | |
| 5871 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5872 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5873 } | |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5876 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5877 } | |
| 5878 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5879 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5880 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5881 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5882 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5883 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5884 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5885 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5886 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5887 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5888 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5889 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5890 #endif | |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5893 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5894 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5895 { | |
| 5896 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5897 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5898 { | |
| 714 | 5899 int i; |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5902 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5903 } |
| 5904 } | |
| 5905 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5906 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5907 #endif | |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5910 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5911 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5912 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5913 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5914 if ( | |
| 5915 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5916 gui.in_use | |
| 5917 # endif | |
| 5918 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5919 || | |
| 5920 # endif | |
| 5921 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5922 term_is_xterm | |
| 5923 # endif | |
| 5924 ) | |
| 5925 { | |
| 5926 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5927 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5928 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5929 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5930 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5931 } | |
| 5932 #endif | |
| 5933 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5935 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5936 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5937 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5938 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5939 | |
| 7 | 5940 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5941 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5942 else | |
| 5943 #endif | |
| 5944 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5945 } | |
| 5946 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 5947 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5948 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5949 #endif | |
| 5950 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 5951 { | |
| 5952 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 5953 { | |
| 5954 /* | |
| 5955 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 5956 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 5957 */ | |
| 5958 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 5959 } | |
| 5960 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 5961 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5962 } | |
| 5963 | |
| 5964 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5965 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5966 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5967 } | |
| 5968 | |
| 5969 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5970 if (clear_next) | |
| 5971 { | |
| 5972 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 5973 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 5974 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 5975 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5976 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5977 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5978 } | |
| 5979 #endif | |
| 5980 | |
| 5981 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 5982 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5983 && !rlflag | |
| 5984 #endif | |
| 5985 ) | |
| 5986 { | |
| 5987 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5988 int startCol = col; | |
| 5989 #endif | |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 5992 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5993 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5994 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5995 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5996 #endif | |
| 5997 ) | |
| 5998 { | |
| 5999 ++off_to; | |
| 6000 ++col; | |
| 6001 } | |
| 6002 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 6003 { | |
| 6004 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6005 /* | |
| 6006 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 6007 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 6008 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 6009 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 6010 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 6011 */ | |
| 996 | 6012 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 6013 { |
| 6014 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 6015 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 6016 { |
| 6017 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 6018 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6019 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6020 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 6021 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 6022 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 6023 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6024 { | |
| 6025 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 6026 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 6027 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 6028 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 6029 |
| 6030 while (off < off_to) | |
| 6031 { | |
| 1378 | 6032 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 6033 off += prev_cells; |
| 6034 } | |
| 6035 } | |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 6038 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 6039 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 6040 else | |
| 6041 # endif | |
| 6042 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 6043 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 6044 } | |
| 7 | 6045 } |
| 6046 #endif | |
| 6047 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 6048 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 6049 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6050 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 6051 col = clear_width; | |
| 6052 #endif | |
| 6053 } | |
| 6054 } | |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 6057 { | |
| 6058 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6059 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 6060 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 6061 { | |
| 6062 int c; | |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 6477 | 6065 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c |
| 7 | 6066 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 6067 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 6068 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 6069 # endif |
| 6070 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 6071 { | |
| 6072 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 6073 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 6074 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6075 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6076 { | |
| 6077 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 6078 { | |
| 6079 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 6080 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 6081 } |
| 6082 else | |
| 6083 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 6084 } | |
| 6085 # endif | |
| 6086 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 6087 } | |
| 6088 } | |
| 6089 else | |
| 6090 #endif | |
| 6091 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 6092 } | |
| 6093 } | |
| 6094 | |
| 474 | 6095 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6096 /* |
| 474 | 6097 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 6098 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 6099 */ |
| 474 | 6100 void |
| 7 | 6101 rl_mirror(str) |
| 6102 char_u *str; | |
| 6103 { | |
| 6104 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 6105 int t; | |
| 6106 | |
| 6107 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 6108 { | |
| 6109 t = *p1; | |
| 6110 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 6111 *p2 = t; | |
| 6112 } | |
| 6113 } | |
| 6114 #endif | |
| 6115 | |
| 6116 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6117 /* | |
| 6118 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 6119 */ | |
| 6120 void | |
| 6121 status_redraw_all() | |
| 6122 { | |
| 6123 win_T *wp; | |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6126 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 6127 { | |
| 6128 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6129 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6130 } | |
| 6131 } | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 /* | |
| 6134 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 6135 */ | |
| 6136 void | |
| 6137 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 6138 { | |
| 6139 win_T *wp; | |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6142 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 6143 { | |
| 6144 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6145 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 6146 } | |
| 6147 } | |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 /* | |
| 6150 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 6151 */ | |
| 6152 void | |
| 6153 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 6154 { | |
| 6155 win_T *wp; | |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 6158 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 6159 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 6160 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 6161 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 6162 } |
| 6163 #endif | |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6166 /* | |
| 6167 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 6168 */ | |
| 6169 void | |
| 6170 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 6171 frame_T *frp; | |
| 6172 { | |
| 6173 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 6174 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6175 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 6176 { | |
| 6177 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 6178 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6179 } | |
| 6180 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 6181 { | |
| 6182 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 6183 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6184 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 6185 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 6186 } | |
| 6187 } | |
| 6188 #endif | |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6191 /* | |
| 6192 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 6193 */ | |
| 6194 static void | |
| 6195 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 6196 win_T *wp; | |
| 6197 int row; | |
| 6198 { | |
| 6199 int hl; | |
| 6200 int c; | |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 6203 { | |
| 6204 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 6205 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 6206 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 6207 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 6208 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 6209 } | |
| 6210 } | |
| 6211 #endif | |
| 6212 | |
| 6213 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 6214 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 6215 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 6216 |
| 6217 /* | |
| 1378 | 6218 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 6219 */ |
| 6220 static int | |
| 6221 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 6222 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6223 char_u *s; | |
| 6224 { | |
| 6225 int len = 0; | |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6228 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6229 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 6232 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6233 return 1; | |
| 6234 #endif | |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6237 { | |
| 1685 | 6238 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 6239 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 6240 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 6241 } |
| 6242 | |
| 6243 return len; | |
| 6244 } | |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 /* | |
| 1685 | 6247 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 6248 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 6249 */ | |
| 6250 static int | |
| 6251 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 6252 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6253 char_u *s; | |
| 6254 { | |
| 1685 | 6255 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 6256 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 6257 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6258 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 6259 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 6260 #endif | |
| 1685 | 6261 ) |
| 6262 { | |
| 6263 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 6264 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 6265 return 2; | |
| 6266 #endif | |
| 6267 return 1; | |
| 6268 } | |
| 6269 return 0; | |
| 277 | 6270 } |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 /* | |
| 7 | 6273 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 6274 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 6275 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 6276 * | |
| 6277 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6278 */ | |
| 6279 void | |
| 6280 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 6281 expand_T *xp; | |
| 6282 int num_matches; | |
| 6283 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 6284 int match; | |
| 6285 int showtail; | |
| 6286 { | |
| 6287 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 6288 int row; | |
| 6289 char_u *buf; | |
| 6290 int len; | |
| 1378 | 6291 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 6292 int fillchar; |
| 6293 int attr; | |
| 6294 int i; | |
| 6295 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 6296 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 6297 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 6298 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 6299 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 6300 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 6301 char_u *s; | |
| 6302 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6303 int emenu; | |
| 6304 #endif | |
| 6305 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 6306 int l; | |
| 6307 #endif | |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 6310 return; | |
| 6311 | |
| 39 | 6312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6313 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6314 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 6315 else | |
| 6316 #endif | |
| 6317 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 6318 if (buf == NULL) |
| 6319 return; | |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 6322 { | |
| 6323 match = 0; | |
| 6324 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 6325 } | |
| 6326 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 6327 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 6328 if (match == 0) | |
| 6329 first_match = 0; | |
| 6330 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 6331 { | |
| 6332 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 6333 first_match = match; | |
| 6334 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6335 } | |
| 6336 else | |
| 6337 { | |
| 6338 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 6339 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 6340 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6341 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 6342 clen += 2; | |
| 6343 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 6344 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 6345 { | |
| 6346 first_match = match; | |
| 6347 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 6348 clen = 2; | |
| 6349 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 6350 { | |
| 6351 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 6352 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6353 break; | |
| 6354 } | |
| 6355 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 6356 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 6357 } | |
| 6358 } | |
| 6359 if (add_left) | |
| 6360 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 6361 { | |
| 6362 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 6363 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 6364 break; | |
| 6365 --first_match; | |
| 6366 } | |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 6371 { | |
| 6372 *buf = NUL; | |
| 6373 len = 0; | |
| 6374 } | |
| 6375 else | |
| 6376 { | |
| 6377 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6378 len = 2; | |
| 6379 } | |
| 6380 clen = len; | |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 i = first_match; | |
| 6383 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6384 { | |
| 6385 if (i == match) | |
| 6386 { | |
| 6387 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6388 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6389 } | |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6392 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6393 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6394 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6395 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6396 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6397 { | |
| 6398 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6399 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6400 len += l; | |
| 6401 clen += l; | |
| 6402 } | |
| 6403 else | |
| 6404 #endif | |
| 6405 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6406 { | |
| 1685 | 6407 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6408 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6410 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6411 { |
| 6412 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6413 s += l - 1; | |
| 6414 len += l; | |
| 6415 } | |
| 6416 else | |
| 6417 #endif | |
| 6418 { | |
| 6419 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6420 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6421 } | |
| 6422 } | |
| 6423 if (i == match) | |
| 6424 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6427 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6428 clen += 2; | |
| 6429 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6430 break; | |
| 6431 } | |
| 6432 | |
| 6433 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6434 { | |
| 6435 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6436 ++clen; | |
| 6437 } | |
| 6438 | |
| 6439 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6442 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6443 { | |
| 6444 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6445 { | |
| 6446 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6447 { | |
| 6448 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6449 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6450 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6451 { | |
| 6452 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6453 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6454 } | |
| 6455 else | |
| 6456 { | |
| 6457 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6458 ++row; | |
| 6459 } | |
| 6460 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6461 } | |
| 6462 else | |
| 6463 { | |
| 6464 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6465 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6466 * resized. */ | |
| 6467 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6468 { | |
| 6469 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6470 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6471 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6472 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6473 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6474 } | |
| 6475 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6476 } | |
| 6477 } | |
| 6478 | |
| 6479 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6480 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6481 { | |
| 6482 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6483 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6484 } | |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6487 } | |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6490 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6491 #else | |
| 6492 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6493 #endif | |
| 6494 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6495 } | |
| 6496 #endif | |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6499 /* | |
| 6500 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6501 * | |
| 6502 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6503 */ | |
| 6504 void | |
| 6505 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6506 win_T *wp; | |
| 6507 { | |
| 6508 int row; | |
| 6509 char_u *p; | |
| 6510 int len; | |
| 6511 int fillchar; | |
| 6512 int attr; | |
| 6513 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6514 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6517 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6518 if (busy) | |
| 6519 return; | |
| 6520 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6521 |
| 6522 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6523 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6524 { | |
| 6525 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6526 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6527 } | |
| 540 | 6528 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6529 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6530 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6531 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6532 || pum_visible() | |
| 6533 #endif | |
| 6534 ) | |
| 7 | 6535 { |
| 6536 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6537 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6538 } | |
| 6539 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6540 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6541 { |
| 6542 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6543 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6544 } |
| 6545 #endif | |
| 6546 else | |
| 6547 { | |
| 6548 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6549 | |
| 685 | 6550 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6551 p = NameBuff; |
| 6552 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6555 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6556 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6557 #endif | |
| 6558 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6559 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6560 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6561 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6562 { | |
| 809 | 6563 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6564 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6565 } | |
| 6566 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6567 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6568 { | |
| 6569 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6570 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6571 } | |
| 6572 #endif | |
| 6573 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6574 { | |
| 6575 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6576 len += 3; | |
| 6577 } | |
| 6578 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6579 { | |
|
4795
8360a59aa04b
updated for version 7.3.1144
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4736
diff
changeset
|
6580 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); |
| 7 | 6581 len += 4; |
| 6582 } | |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6585 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6586 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6587 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6588 #else | |
| 6589 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6590 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6591 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6592 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6593 { | |
| 6594 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6595 len = 1; | |
| 6596 } | |
| 6597 else | |
| 6598 #endif | |
| 6599 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6600 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6601 { | |
| 6602 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6603 | |
| 6604 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6605 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6606 |
| 7 | 6607 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6608 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6609 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6610 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6611 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6612 len = clen; | |
| 6613 if (i > 0) | |
| 6614 { | |
| 6615 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6616 *p = '<'; | |
| 6617 ++len; | |
| 6618 } | |
| 6619 | |
| 6620 } | |
| 6621 else | |
| 6622 #endif | |
| 6623 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6624 { | |
| 6625 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6626 *p = '<'; | |
| 6627 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6628 } | |
| 6629 | |
| 6630 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6631 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6632 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6633 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6636 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6637 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6638 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6639 | |
| 6640 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6641 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6642 #endif | |
| 6643 } | |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6646 /* | |
| 6647 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6648 */ | |
| 6649 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6650 { | |
| 6651 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6652 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6653 else | |
| 6654 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6655 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6656 attr); | |
| 6657 } | |
| 6658 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6659 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6660 } |
| 6661 | |
| 680 | 6662 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6663 /* | |
| 6664 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6665 * errors encountered. | |
| 6666 */ | |
| 6667 static void | |
| 1983 | 6668 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6669 win_T *wp; |
| 6670 { | |
| 1983 | 6671 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6672 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6673 | |
| 6674 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6675 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6676 if (entered) | |
| 6677 return; | |
| 6678 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6679 |
| 6680 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6681 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6682 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6683 { |
| 6684 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6685 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6686 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6687 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6688 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6689 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6690 } |
| 680 | 6691 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6692 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6693 } |
| 6694 #endif | |
| 6695 | |
| 7 | 6696 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6697 /* | |
| 6698 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6699 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6700 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6701 */ | |
| 6702 int | |
| 6703 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6704 win_T *wp; | |
| 6705 { | |
| 6706 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6707 | |
| 6708 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6709 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6710 { | |
| 6711 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6712 { | |
| 6713 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6714 break; | |
| 6715 } | |
| 6716 else | |
| 6717 { | |
| 6718 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6719 return TRUE; | |
| 6720 } | |
| 6721 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6722 } | |
| 6723 return FALSE; | |
| 6724 } | |
| 6725 # endif | |
| 6726 | |
| 6727 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6728 | |
| 6729 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6730 /* | |
| 6731 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6732 */ | |
| 6733 int | |
| 6734 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6735 win_T *wp; | |
| 6736 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6737 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6738 { | |
| 6739 char_u *p; | |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6742 return FALSE; | |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 { | |
| 6745 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6746 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6747 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6748 char_u *s; | |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6751 curwin = wp; | |
| 6752 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6753 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6754 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6755 --emsg_skip; |
| 6756 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6757 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6758 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6759 #endif | |
| 6760 { | |
| 6761 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6762 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6763 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6764 else | |
| 6765 #endif | |
| 6766 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6767 } | |
| 6768 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6769 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6770 else | |
| 6771 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6772 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6773 vim_free(s); | |
| 6774 #endif | |
| 6775 } | |
| 6776 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6777 } | |
| 6778 #endif | |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6781 /* | |
| 677 | 6782 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6783 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6784 */ |
| 6785 static void | |
| 574 | 6786 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6787 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6788 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6789 { |
| 5539 | 6790 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6791 int attr; |
| 6792 int curattr; | |
| 6793 int row; | |
| 6794 int col = 0; | |
| 6795 int maxwidth; | |
| 6796 int width; | |
| 6797 int n; | |
| 6798 int len; | |
| 6799 int fillchar; | |
| 6800 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6801 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6802 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6803 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6804 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6805 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 2693 | 6806 win_T *ewp; |
| 6807 int p_crb_save; | |
| 7 | 6808 |
| 5539 | 6809 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When |
| 6810 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. | |
| 6811 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ | |
| 6812 if (entered) | |
| 6813 return; | |
| 6814 entered = TRUE; | |
| 6815 | |
| 7 | 6816 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ |
| 677 | 6817 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6818 { | |
| 6819 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6820 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6821 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6822 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6823 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6824 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6825 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6826 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6827 # endif |
| 6828 } | |
| 40 | 6829 else |
| 677 | 6830 { |
| 6831 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6832 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6833 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6836 { | |
| 1983 | 6837 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6838 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6839 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6840 { | |
| 6841 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6842 stl++; | |
| 6843 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6844 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6845 stl++; | |
| 6846 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6847 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6848 } |
| 7 | 6849 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6850 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6851 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6852 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6853 #else |
| 677 | 6854 col = ru_col; |
| 6855 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6856 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6857 #endif | |
| 6858 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6859 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6860 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6861 #endif | |
| 6862 { | |
| 6863 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6864 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6865 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6866 attr = 0; | |
| 6867 } | |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6870 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6871 # endif |
| 6872 } | |
| 6873 else | |
| 6874 { | |
| 6875 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6876 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6877 else |
| 1983 | 6878 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6879 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6880 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6881 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6882 # endif |
| 6883 } | |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6886 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6887 #endif | |
| 6888 } | |
| 6889 | |
| 7 | 6890 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 5539 | 6891 goto theend; |
| 677 | 6892 |
| 2693 | 6893 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
| 6894 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
| 6895 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
| 6896 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
| 6897 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
| 6898 | |
| 1983 | 6899 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6900 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6901 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 2693 | 6902 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
| 1983 | 6903 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6904 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6905 vim_free(stl); |
| 2693 | 6906 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
| 2661 | 6907 |
| 6908 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
| 6909 p = transstr(buf); | |
| 6910 if (p != NULL) | |
| 6911 { | |
| 6912 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
| 6913 vim_free(p); | |
| 6914 } | |
| 6915 | |
| 6916 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
| 835 | 6917 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 1883 | 6918 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6919 { |
| 6920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6921 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6922 #else | |
| 6923 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6924 #endif | |
| 6925 ++width; | |
| 6926 } | |
| 6927 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6928 | |
| 681 | 6929 /* |
| 6930 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6931 */ | |
| 7 | 6932 curattr = attr; |
| 6933 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6934 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6935 { | |
| 6936 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6937 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6938 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6939 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6940 | |
| 6941 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6942 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6943 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6944 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 6945 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 6946 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 6947 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6948 #endif |
| 6949 else | |
| 681 | 6950 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6951 } |
| 6952 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 6953 |
| 6954 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 6955 { | |
| 6956 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 6957 col = 0; | |
| 6958 len = 0; | |
| 6959 p = buf; | |
| 6960 fillchar = 0; | |
| 6961 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 6962 { | |
| 6963 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 6964 while (col < len) | |
| 6965 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6966 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 6967 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 6968 } | |
| 6969 while (col < Columns) | |
| 6970 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6971 } | |
| 5539 | 6972 |
| 6973 theend: | |
| 6974 entered = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 6975 } |
| 6976 | |
| 6977 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 /* | |
| 6980 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 6981 */ | |
| 6982 void | |
| 6983 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 6984 int c; | |
| 6985 int row, col; | |
| 6986 int attr; | |
| 6987 { | |
| 3549 | 6988 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 6989 | |
| 7 | 6990 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3549 | 6991 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6992 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 6993 else | |
| 6994 #endif | |
| 6995 { | |
| 6996 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6997 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 6998 } | |
| 7 | 6999 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); |
| 7000 } | |
| 7001 | |
| 7002 /* | |
| 7003 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 7004 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 7005 */ | |
| 7006 void | |
| 7007 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 7008 int row, col; | |
| 7009 char_u *bytes; | |
| 7010 int *attrp; | |
| 7011 { | |
| 7012 unsigned off; | |
| 7013 | |
| 7014 /* safety check */ | |
| 7015 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 7016 { | |
| 7017 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7018 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7019 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 7020 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 7021 | |
| 7022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7023 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7024 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 7025 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7026 { | |
| 7027 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 7028 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 7029 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 7030 } | |
| 7031 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 7032 { | |
| 7033 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 7034 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 7035 } | |
| 7036 #endif | |
| 7037 } | |
| 7038 } | |
| 7039 | |
| 714 | 7040 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7041 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 7042 | |
| 7043 /* | |
| 7044 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 7045 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7046 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 7047 */ |
| 7048 static int | |
| 7049 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 7050 int off; | |
| 7051 int *u8cc; | |
| 7052 { | |
| 7053 int i; | |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 7056 { | |
| 7057 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 7058 return TRUE; | |
| 7059 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 7060 break; | |
| 7061 } | |
| 7062 return FALSE; | |
| 7063 } | |
| 7064 #endif | |
| 7065 | |
| 7 | 7066 /* |
| 7067 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 7068 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 7069 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 7070 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 7071 */ | |
| 7072 void | |
| 7073 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 7074 char_u *text; | |
| 7075 int row; | |
| 7076 int col; | |
| 7077 int attr; | |
| 7078 { | |
| 7079 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 7080 } | |
| 7081 | |
| 7082 /* | |
| 7083 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 7084 * a NUL. | |
| 7085 */ | |
| 7086 void | |
| 5923 | 7087 screen_puts_len(text, textlen, row, col, attr) |
| 7 | 7088 char_u *text; |
| 5923 | 7089 int textlen; |
| 7 | 7090 int row; |
| 7091 int col; | |
| 7092 int attr; | |
| 7093 { | |
| 7094 unsigned off; | |
| 7095 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 5923 | 7096 int len = textlen; |
| 7 | 7097 int c; |
| 7098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7099 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 7100 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 7101 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 7102 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 7103 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7104 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 7105 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 7106 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 7107 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 7108 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 7109 # endif |
| 7110 #endif | |
| 1843 | 7111 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 7112 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 7113 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 7114 #endif | |
| 7115 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 7116 |
| 7117 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7118 return; | |
| 1843 | 7119 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 7120 |
| 1668 | 7121 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7122 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 7123 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7124 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 7125 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7126 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7127 # endif | |
| 7128 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 7129 { |
| 7130 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 7131 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7132 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7133 { | |
| 7134 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7135 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 7136 } | |
| 7137 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 7138 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 7139 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 7140 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7141 } | |
| 7142 #endif | |
| 7143 | |
| 1378 | 7144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7145 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 7146 #endif | |
| 1340 | 7147 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 7148 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 7149 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 7150 { |
| 7151 c = *ptr; | |
| 7152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7153 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 7154 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7155 { | |
| 7156 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 7157 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 7158 else |
| 474 | 7159 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 7160 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 7161 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 7162 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 7163 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 7164 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 7165 { | |
| 7166 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 7167 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 7168 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7169 else | |
| 714 | 7170 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 7171 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 7172 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 7173 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 7174 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 7175 { | |
| 7176 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 7177 if (attr == 0) | |
| 7178 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 7179 } | |
| 1401 | 7180 # endif |
| 7 | 7181 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 7182 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 7183 { | |
| 7184 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 7185 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 7186 { | |
| 7187 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 7188 nc = NUL; | |
| 7189 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 7190 } | |
| 7191 else | |
| 714 | 7192 { |
| 1994 | 7193 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 7194 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 7195 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7196 } | |
| 7 | 7197 pc = prev_c; |
| 7198 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 7199 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 7200 } |
| 7201 else | |
| 7202 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 7203 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7204 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7205 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7206 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7207 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7208 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7209 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7210 } |
| 7 | 7211 } |
| 7212 } | |
| 7213 #endif | |
| 7214 | |
| 1843 | 7215 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 7216 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 7217 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 7218 #endif | |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 7221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7222 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 7223 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 7224 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 7225 && c == 0x8e | |
| 7226 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 7227 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7228 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7229 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7230 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7231 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 7232 #endif |
| 7233 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 7234 || exmode_active; |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 if (need_redraw | |
| 7237 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7238 || force_redraw_this | |
| 7239 #endif | |
| 7 | 7240 ) |
| 7241 { | |
| 7242 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7243 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 7244 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7245 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 7246 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 7247 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 7248 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 7249 gui.in_use | |
| 7250 # endif | |
| 7251 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7252 || | |
| 7253 # endif | |
| 7254 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7255 term_is_xterm | |
| 7256 # endif | |
| 1843 | 7257 )) |
| 7258 { | |
| 7259 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 7262 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 7263 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7264 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7265 } |
| 7266 #endif | |
| 7267 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7268 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 7269 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 7270 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 7271 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 7272 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 7273 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 7274 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 7275 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 7276 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 7277 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 7278 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7279 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7280 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7281 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7282 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 7283 | |
| 7284 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 7285 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 7286 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 7287 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7288 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 7289 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 7290 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 7291 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 7292 #endif | |
| 7293 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7294 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7296 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7297 { | |
| 714 | 7298 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 7299 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 7300 else | |
| 7301 { | |
| 714 | 7302 int i; |
| 7303 | |
| 7 | 7304 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 7305 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 7306 { | |
| 7307 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 7308 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 7309 break; | |
| 7310 } | |
| 7 | 7311 } |
| 7312 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7313 { | |
| 7314 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 7315 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7316 } | |
| 7317 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7318 } | |
| 7319 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 7320 { | |
| 7321 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7322 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 7323 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7324 } | |
| 7325 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 7326 { | |
| 7327 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 7328 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7329 } | |
| 7330 else | |
| 7331 #endif | |
| 7332 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7333 } | |
| 7334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7335 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7336 { | |
| 7337 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7338 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 7339 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 7340 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 5923 | 7341 { |
| 7342 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ | |
| 7 | 7343 ptr = (char_u *)" "; |
| 5923 | 7344 len = -1; |
| 7345 } | |
| 7 | 7346 } |
| 7347 else | |
| 7348 #endif | |
| 7349 { | |
| 7350 ++off; | |
| 7351 ++col; | |
| 7352 ++ptr; | |
| 7353 } | |
| 7354 } | |
| 1843 | 7355 |
| 7356 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7357 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 7358 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 7359 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 7360 { | |
| 7361 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7362 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 7363 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 7364 else | |
| 7365 # endif | |
| 7366 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7367 } | |
| 7368 #endif | |
| 7 | 7369 } |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 7372 /* | |
| 1326 | 7373 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7374 */ |
| 7375 static void | |
| 7376 start_search_hl() | |
| 7377 { | |
| 7378 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 7379 { | |
| 7380 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 7381 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 7382 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7383 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 7384 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 7385 # endif | |
| 7 | 7386 } |
| 7387 } | |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 /* | |
| 1326 | 7390 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7391 */ |
| 7392 static void | |
| 7393 end_search_hl() | |
| 7394 { | |
| 7395 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7396 { | |
|
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4795
diff
changeset
|
7397 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); |
| 7 | 7398 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 7399 } | |
| 7400 } | |
| 7401 | |
| 7402 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7403 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7404 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7405 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7406 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7407 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7408 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7409 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7410 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7411 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7412 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7413 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7414 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7415 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7416 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7417 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7418 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7419 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7420 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7421 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7422 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7423 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7424 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7425 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7426 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7427 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7428 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7429 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7430 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7431 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7432 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7433 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7434 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7435 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7436 /* |
| 7 | 7437 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7438 */ | |
| 7439 static void | |
| 7440 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7441 win_T *wp; | |
| 7442 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7443 { | |
| 1326 | 7444 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7445 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7446 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7447 has been processed or not */ | |
| 5979 | 7448 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
| 7449 in progress */ | |
| 7 | 7450 int n; |
| 7451 | |
| 7452 /* | |
| 7453 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7454 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7455 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7456 */ |
| 1326 | 7457 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7458 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7459 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7460 { | |
| 7461 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7462 { | |
| 7463 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7464 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7465 } | |
| 7466 else | |
| 7467 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7468 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7469 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7470 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7471 { | |
| 7472 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7473 { | |
| 7474 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7475 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7476 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7477 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7478 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7479 break; | |
| 7480 # else | |
| 7481 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7482 # endif | |
| 7483 } | |
| 5979 | 7484 if (cur != NULL) |
| 7485 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
| 7486 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7487 n = 0; |
| 5979 | 7488 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7489 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) | |
| 7490 { | |
| 7491 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); | |
| 7492 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
| 7493 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7494 if (shl->lnum != 0) |
| 7495 { | |
| 7496 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7497 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7498 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7499 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7500 } | |
| 7501 else | |
| 7502 { | |
| 7503 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7504 n = 0; | |
| 7505 } | |
| 7506 } | |
| 7507 } | |
| 1326 | 7508 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7509 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7510 } |
| 7511 } | |
| 7512 | |
| 7513 /* | |
| 1326 | 7514 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7515 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7516 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7517 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7518 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7519 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7520 */ | |
| 7521 static void | |
| 5979 | 7522 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol, cur) |
| 7523 win_T *win; | |
| 7524 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7525 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7526 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 5987 | 7527 matchitem_T *cur; /* to retrieve match positions if any */ |
| 7 | 7528 { |
| 7529 linenr_T l; | |
| 7530 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7531 long nmatched; | |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7534 { | |
| 7535 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7536 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7537 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7538 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7539 */ | |
| 7540 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7541 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7542 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7543 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7544 return; | |
| 7545 } | |
| 7546 | |
| 7547 /* | |
| 7548 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7549 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7550 */ | |
| 7551 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7552 for (;;) | |
| 7553 { | |
| 1521 | 7554 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7555 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7556 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7557 { | |
| 7558 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7559 break; | |
| 7560 } | |
| 7561 #endif | |
| 7 | 7562 /* Three situations: |
| 7563 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7564 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7565 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7566 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7567 */ | |
| 7568 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7569 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7570 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7571 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7572 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7573 { | |
| 688 | 7574 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7575 |
| 7576 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7577 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7578 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7579 { | |
| 7580 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7581 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7582 break; | |
| 7583 } | |
| 685 | 7584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7585 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7586 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7587 else | |
| 7588 #endif | |
| 7589 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7590 } |
| 7591 else | |
| 7592 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7593 | |
| 7594 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 5979 | 7595 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 7596 { | |
| 6394 | 7597 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in |
| 7598 * cur->match. */ | |
| 7599 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL | |
| 7600 && shl == &cur->hl | |
| 7601 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 7602 | |
| 5979 | 7603 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, |
| 7604 matchcol, | |
| 1521 | 7605 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 5979 | 7606 &(shl->tm) |
| 1521 | 7607 #else |
| 5979 | 7608 NULL |
| 7609 #endif | |
| 7610 ); | |
| 6394 | 7611 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ |
| 7612 if (regprog_is_copy) | |
| 7613 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; | |
| 7614 | |
| 5979 | 7615 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7616 { | |
| 7617 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 7618 if (shl == &search_hl) | |
| 7619 { | |
| 7620 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ | |
| 7621 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); | |
| 7622 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); | |
| 7623 } | |
| 7624 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 7625 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7626 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" | |
| 7627 message */ | |
| 7628 break; | |
| 7629 } | |
| 7630 } | |
| 7631 else if (cur != NULL) | |
| 7632 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); | |
| 5987 | 7633 else |
| 7634 nmatched = 0; | |
| 7 | 7635 if (nmatched == 0) |
| 7636 { | |
| 7637 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7638 break; | |
| 7639 } | |
| 7640 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7641 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7642 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7643 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7644 { | |
| 7645 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7646 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7647 } | |
| 7648 } | |
| 7649 } | |
| 7650 | |
| 5979 | 7651 static int |
| 7652 next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, posmatch, mincol) | |
| 7653 match_T *shl; /* points to a match */ | |
| 7654 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7655 posmatch_T *posmatch; /* match positions */ | |
| 7656 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7657 { | |
| 7658 int i; | |
| 6007 | 7659 int bot = -1; |
| 5979 | 7660 |
| 7661 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7662 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) | |
| 7663 { | |
| 7664 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) | |
| 7665 break; | |
| 7666 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) | |
| 7667 continue; | |
| 7668 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) | |
| 7669 { | |
| 7670 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 7671 { | |
| 7672 /* partially sort positions by column numbers | |
| 7673 * on the same line */ | |
| 7674 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) | |
| 7675 { | |
| 7676 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; | |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; | |
| 7679 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; | |
| 7680 } | |
| 7681 } | |
| 7682 else | |
| 7683 { | |
| 7684 bot = i; | |
| 7685 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 7686 } | |
| 7687 } | |
| 7688 } | |
| 7689 posmatch->cur = 0; | |
| 7690 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 7691 { | |
| 7692 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7693 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; | |
| 7694 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
| 7695 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; | |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7698 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; | |
| 7699 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
| 7700 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; | |
| 7701 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; | |
| 7702 return TRUE; | |
| 7703 } | |
| 7704 return FALSE; | |
| 7705 } | |
| 5985 | 7706 #endif |
| 5979 | 7707 |
| 7 | 7708 static void |
| 7709 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7710 int attr; | |
| 7711 { | |
| 7712 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7713 | |
| 7714 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7715 if (full_screen | |
| 7716 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7717 && termcap_active | |
| 7718 #endif | |
| 7719 ) | |
| 7720 { | |
| 7721 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7722 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7723 { | |
| 7724 char buf[20]; | |
| 7725 | |
| 681 | 7726 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7727 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7728 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7729 } | |
| 7730 else | |
| 7731 #endif | |
| 7732 { | |
| 7733 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7734 { | |
| 7735 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7736 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7737 else | |
| 7738 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7739 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7740 attr = 0; | |
| 7741 else | |
| 7742 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7743 } | |
| 7744 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7745 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7746 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7747 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7748 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7749 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7750 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7751 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7752 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7753 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7754 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7755 out_str(T_US); |
| 7756 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7757 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7758 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7759 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 /* | |
| 7762 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7763 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7764 */ | |
| 7765 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7766 { | |
| 7767 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7768 { | |
| 7769 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7770 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7771 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7772 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7773 } | |
| 7774 else | |
| 7775 { | |
| 7776 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7777 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7778 } | |
| 7779 } | |
| 7780 } | |
| 7781 } | |
| 7782 } | |
| 7783 | |
| 7784 void | |
| 7785 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7786 { | |
| 7787 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7790 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7791 && termcap_active | |
| 7792 #endif | |
| 7793 ) | |
| 7794 { | |
| 7795 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7796 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7797 { | |
| 7798 char buf[20]; | |
| 7799 | |
| 7800 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7801 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7802 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7803 } | |
| 7804 else | |
| 7805 #endif | |
| 7806 { | |
| 7807 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7808 { | |
| 7809 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7810 | |
| 7811 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7812 { | |
| 7813 /* | |
| 7814 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7815 */ | |
| 7816 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7817 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7818 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7819 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7820 } | |
| 7821 else | |
| 7822 { | |
| 7823 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7824 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7825 { | |
| 7826 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7827 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7828 else | |
| 7829 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7830 } | |
| 7831 } | |
| 7832 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7833 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7834 else | |
| 7835 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7836 } | |
| 7837 | |
| 7838 /* | |
| 7839 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7840 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7841 */ | |
| 7842 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7843 { | |
| 7844 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7845 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7846 else | |
| 7847 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7848 } | |
| 205 | 7849 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7850 { |
| 7851 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7852 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7853 else | |
| 7854 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7855 } | |
| 7856 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7857 { | |
| 7858 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7859 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7860 else | |
| 7861 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7862 } | |
| 7863 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7864 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7865 | |
| 7866 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7867 { | |
| 7868 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7869 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7870 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7871 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7872 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7873 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7874 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7875 } | |
| 7876 } | |
| 7877 } | |
| 7878 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7879 } | |
| 7880 | |
| 7881 /* | |
| 7882 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7883 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7884 */ | |
| 7885 void | |
| 7886 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7887 { | |
| 7888 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7889 { | |
| 7890 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7891 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7892 { | |
| 7893 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7894 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7895 } | |
| 7896 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7897 { | |
| 7898 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7899 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7900 } | |
| 7901 } | |
| 7902 } | |
| 7903 | |
| 7904 /* | |
| 7905 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7906 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7907 */ | |
| 7908 static void | |
| 7909 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7910 unsigned off; | |
| 7911 int row; | |
| 7912 int col; | |
| 7913 { | |
| 7914 int attr; | |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7917 * resizing). */ | |
| 7918 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7919 return; | |
| 7920 | |
| 7921 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7922 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7923 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7924 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 7925 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7926 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7927 #endif | |
| 7928 ) | |
| 7929 { | |
| 7930 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7931 return; | |
| 7932 } | |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 /* | |
| 7935 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7936 */ | |
| 7937 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7938 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7939 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7940 else | |
| 7941 #endif | |
| 7942 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7943 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7944 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7945 | |
| 7946 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 7947 | |
| 7948 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7949 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7952 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7953 { | |
| 7954 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 7957 | |
| 7958 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 out_str(buf); | |
| 7961 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 7962 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7963 } | |
| 7964 else | |
| 7965 #endif | |
| 7966 { | |
| 7967 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7968 out_flush_check(); | |
| 7969 #endif | |
| 7970 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 7971 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7972 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 7973 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7974 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 7975 #endif | |
| 7976 } | |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 7979 } | |
| 7980 | |
| 7981 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7982 | |
| 7983 /* | |
| 7984 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 7985 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 7986 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 7987 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 7988 */ | |
| 7989 static void | |
| 7990 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 7991 unsigned off; | |
| 7992 int row; | |
| 7993 int col; | |
| 7994 { | |
| 7995 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 7996 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 7997 return; | |
| 7998 | |
| 7999 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 8000 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 8001 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 8002 { | |
| 8003 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 8004 return; | |
| 8005 } | |
| 8006 | |
| 8007 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 8008 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 8009 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 8010 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 8011 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 8012 } | |
| 8013 #endif | |
| 8014 | |
| 8015 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8016 /* | |
| 8017 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 8018 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 8019 */ | |
| 8020 void | |
| 8021 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 8022 int row; | |
| 8023 int col; | |
| 8024 int height; | |
| 8025 int width; | |
| 8026 int invert; | |
| 8027 { | |
| 8028 int r, c; | |
| 8029 int off; | |
| 1378 | 8030 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8031 int max_off; | |
| 8032 #endif | |
| 7 | 8033 |
| 534 | 8034 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 8035 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8036 return; | |
| 8037 | |
| 7 | 8038 if (invert) |
| 8039 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 8040 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 8041 { | |
| 8042 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 8043 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8044 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 8045 #endif | |
| 7 | 8046 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 8047 { | |
| 8048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 8049 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 8050 { |
| 8051 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 8052 ++c; | |
| 8053 } | |
| 8054 else | |
| 8055 #endif | |
| 8056 { | |
| 8057 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 8058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 8059 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 8060 ++c; |
| 8061 #endif | |
| 8062 } | |
| 8063 } | |
| 8064 } | |
| 8065 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 8066 } | |
| 8067 #endif | |
| 8068 | |
| 8069 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8070 /* | |
| 8071 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 8072 */ | |
| 8073 static void | |
| 8074 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 8075 int row; | |
| 8076 int end; | |
| 8077 win_T *wp; | |
| 8078 { | |
| 8079 int col; | |
| 8080 int width; | |
| 8081 | |
| 8082 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8083 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 8084 # endif | |
| 8085 | |
| 8086 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 8087 { | |
| 8088 col = 0; | |
| 8089 width = Columns; | |
| 8090 } | |
| 8091 else | |
| 8092 { | |
| 8093 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8094 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 8095 } | |
| 8096 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 8097 } | |
| 8098 #endif | |
| 8099 | |
| 8100 /* | |
| 8101 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 8102 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 8103 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 8104 */ | |
| 8105 void | |
| 8106 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 8107 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 8108 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 8109 int c1, c2; | |
| 8110 int attr; | |
| 8111 { | |
| 8112 int row; | |
| 8113 int col; | |
| 8114 int off; | |
| 8115 int end_off; | |
| 8116 int did_delete; | |
| 8117 int c; | |
| 8118 int norm_term; | |
| 8119 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8120 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 8121 #endif | |
| 8122 | |
| 8123 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 8124 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 8125 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 8126 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 8127 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8128 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 8129 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 8130 return; | |
| 8131 | |
| 8132 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 8133 norm_term = ( | |
| 8134 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8135 !gui.in_use && | |
| 8136 #endif | |
| 8137 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 8138 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 8139 { | |
| 1668 | 8140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8141 if (has_mbyte | |
| 8142 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8143 && !gui.in_use | |
| 8144 # endif | |
| 8145 ) | |
| 8146 { | |
| 8147 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 8148 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 8149 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 8150 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 8151 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 8152 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 8153 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 8154 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 8155 } |
| 8156 #endif | |
| 7 | 8157 /* |
| 8158 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 8159 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 8160 * space. | |
| 8161 */ | |
| 8162 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8163 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 8164 && end_col == Columns | |
| 8165 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 8166 && (attr == 0 | |
| 8167 || (norm_term | |
| 8168 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 8169 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 8170 { | |
| 8171 /* | |
| 8172 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 8173 */ | |
| 8174 col = start_col; | |
| 8175 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 8176 ++col; | |
| 8177 | |
| 8178 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 8179 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 8182 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8183 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8184 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8185 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 8186 ++off; | |
| 8187 else | |
| 8188 #endif | |
| 8189 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 8190 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 8191 ++off; | |
| 8192 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 8193 { | |
| 8194 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 8195 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8196 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 8197 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 8198 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8199 col = end_col - col; | |
| 8200 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 8201 { | |
| 8202 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 8203 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8204 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8205 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8206 #endif | |
| 8207 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 8208 ++off; | |
| 8209 } | |
| 8210 } | |
| 8211 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 8212 } | |
| 8213 | |
| 8214 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 8215 c = c1; | |
| 8216 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 8217 { | |
| 8218 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 8219 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8220 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 8221 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 8222 #endif |
| 8223 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 8224 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8225 || force_next | |
| 8226 #endif | |
| 8227 ) | |
| 8228 { | |
| 8229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 8230 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 8231 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 8232 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 8233 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 8234 if ( | |
| 8235 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8236 gui.in_use | |
| 8237 # endif | |
| 8238 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 8239 || | |
| 8240 # endif | |
| 8241 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 8242 term_is_xterm | |
| 8243 # endif | |
| 8244 ) | |
| 8245 { | |
| 8246 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 8247 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 8248 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 8249 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 8250 else | |
| 8251 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 8252 } | |
| 8253 #endif | |
| 8254 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 8255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8256 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8257 { | |
| 8258 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 8259 { | |
| 8260 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 8261 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 8262 } |
| 8263 else | |
| 8264 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 8265 } | |
| 8266 #endif | |
| 8267 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 8268 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 8269 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 8270 } | |
| 8271 ++off; | |
| 8272 if (col == start_col) | |
| 8273 { | |
| 8274 if (did_delete) | |
| 8275 break; | |
| 8276 c = c2; | |
| 8277 } | |
| 8278 } | |
| 8279 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 8280 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 8281 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 8282 { | |
| 8283 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8284 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 8285 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 8286 if (start_col == 0) |
| 8287 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 8288 } |
| 8289 } | |
| 8290 } | |
| 8291 | |
| 8292 /* | |
| 8293 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 8294 * screen or the command line. | |
| 8295 */ | |
| 8296 void | |
| 8297 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8298 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 8299 { | |
| 8300 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 8301 && !did_wait_return | |
| 8302 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 8303 { | |
| 8304 out_flush(); | |
| 8305 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 8306 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 8307 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 8308 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 8309 } | |
| 8310 } | |
| 8311 | |
| 8312 /* | |
| 8313 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 3263 | 8314 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. |
| 7 | 8315 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. |
| 8316 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 8317 */ | |
| 8318 int | |
| 3263 | 8319 screen_valid(doclear) |
| 8320 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8321 { |
| 3263 | 8322 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ |
| 7 | 8323 return (ScreenLines != NULL); |
| 8324 } | |
| 8325 | |
| 8326 /* | |
| 8327 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 8328 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 8329 * | |
| 8330 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 8331 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 8332 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 8333 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 8334 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 8335 */ | |
| 8336 void | |
| 3263 | 8337 screenalloc(doclear) |
| 8338 int doclear; | |
| 7 | 8339 { |
| 8340 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 8341 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8342 int old_Rows; | |
| 8343 #endif | |
| 8344 win_T *wp; | |
| 8345 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 8346 int len; | |
| 8347 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 8348 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8349 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8350 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 8351 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 8352 int i; |
| 7 | 8353 #endif |
| 8354 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8355 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 8356 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8357 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8358 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 8359 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 8360 #endif | |
| 7 | 8361 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 8362 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 8363 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8364 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 retry: | |
| 8367 #endif | |
| 7 | 8368 /* |
| 8369 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 8370 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 8371 * screen stuff. | |
| 8372 */ | |
| 8373 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8374 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 8375 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 8376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8377 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 8378 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 8379 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 8380 #endif |
| 8381 ) | |
| 8382 || Rows == 0 | |
| 8383 || Columns == 0 | |
| 8384 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 8385 return; | |
| 8386 | |
| 8387 /* | |
| 8388 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 8389 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 8390 * return here. | |
| 8391 */ | |
| 8392 if (entered) | |
| 8393 return; | |
| 8394 entered = TRUE; | |
| 8395 | |
| 911 | 8396 /* |
| 8397 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 8398 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 8399 */ | |
| 8400 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8401 | |
| 7 | 8402 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 8403 | |
| 8404 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 8405 | |
| 8406 /* | |
| 8407 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 8408 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 8409 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 8410 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 8411 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 8412 * | |
| 8413 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 8414 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 8415 * size is wrong. | |
| 8416 */ | |
| 671 | 8417 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8418 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 8419 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 8420 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 8421 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 8422 #endif | |
| 7 | 8423 |
| 8424 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8425 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8426 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
8427 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 8428 if (enc_utf8) |
| 8429 { | |
| 8430 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8431 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 8432 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
8433 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 8434 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 8435 } | |
| 8436 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8437 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8438 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8439 #endif | |
| 8440 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8441 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 8442 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 8443 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 8444 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 8445 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 8446 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 8447 #endif |
| 7 | 8448 |
| 677 | 8449 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 8450 { |
| 8451 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 8452 { | |
| 8453 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 8454 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 8455 goto give_up; |
| 8456 #endif | |
| 8457 } | |
| 8458 } | |
| 1906 | 8459 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 8460 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 8461 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 8462 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 8463 #endif | |
| 1819 | 8464 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8465 give_up: | |
| 8466 #endif | |
| 7 | 8467 |
| 714 | 8468 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8469 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 8470 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 8471 break; | |
| 8472 #endif | |
| 7 | 8473 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 8474 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8475 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 8476 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 8477 #endif | |
| 8478 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 8479 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 8480 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 8481 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8482 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 8483 #endif | |
| 7 | 8484 || outofmem) |
| 8485 { | |
| 944 | 8486 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 8487 { |
| 8488 /* guess the size */ | |
| 8489 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 8490 | |
| 8491 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 8492 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 8493 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 8494 } |
| 7 | 8495 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8496 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8497 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8498 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8499 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8500 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8501 { | |
| 8502 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8503 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8504 } | |
| 7 | 8505 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8506 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8507 #endif | |
| 8508 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8509 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8510 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8511 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8512 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8513 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8514 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8515 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8516 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8517 #endif | |
| 7 | 8518 } |
| 8519 else | |
| 8520 { | |
| 944 | 8521 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8522 |
| 7 | 8523 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8524 { | |
| 8525 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8526 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 /* | |
| 8529 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8530 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8531 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8532 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8533 */ | |
| 3263 | 8534 if (!doclear) |
| 7 | 8535 { |
| 8536 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8537 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8538 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8539 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8540 { | |
| 8541 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8542 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8543 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8544 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8545 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8546 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8547 } | |
| 8548 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8549 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8550 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8551 #endif | |
| 8552 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8553 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8554 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8555 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8556 { |
| 8557 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8558 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8559 else | |
| 8560 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8561 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8562 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8563 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8564 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8565 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8566 #endif |
| 8567 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8568 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8569 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8570 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8571 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8572 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8573 { |
| 8574 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8575 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8576 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8577 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8578 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8579 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8580 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8581 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8582 } | |
| 8583 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8584 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8585 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8586 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8587 #endif | |
| 8588 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8589 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8590 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8591 } | |
| 8592 } | |
| 8593 } | |
| 8594 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8595 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8596 } | |
| 8597 | |
| 356 | 8598 free_screenlines(); |
| 8599 | |
| 7 | 8600 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8602 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8603 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8604 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8605 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8606 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8607 #endif | |
| 8608 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8609 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8610 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8611 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8612 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8613 #endif | |
| 7 | 8614 |
| 8615 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8616 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8617 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8618 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8619 #endif | |
| 8620 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8621 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8622 | |
| 8623 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 3263 | 8624 if (doclear) |
| 7 | 8625 screenclear2(); |
| 8626 | |
| 8627 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8628 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8629 && !gui.starting | |
| 8630 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8631 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8632 { | |
| 8633 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8634 /* | |
| 8635 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8636 * command. | |
| 8637 */ | |
| 8638 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8639 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8640 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8641 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8642 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8643 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8644 } | |
| 8645 #endif | |
| 8646 | |
| 8647 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8648 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8649 |
| 8650 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8651 /* |
| 8652 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8653 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8654 */ | |
| 8655 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8656 { | |
| 766 | 8657 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8658 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8659 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8660 goto retry; | |
| 8661 } | |
| 766 | 8662 #endif |
| 7 | 8663 } |
| 8664 | |
| 8665 void | |
| 356 | 8666 free_screenlines() |
| 8667 { | |
| 8668 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8669 int i; |
| 8670 | |
| 356 | 8671 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8672 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8673 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8674 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8675 #endif | |
| 714 | 8676 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8677 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8678 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8679 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8680 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8681 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8682 #endif | |
| 356 | 8683 } |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 void | |
| 7 | 8686 screenclear() |
| 8687 { | |
| 8688 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8689 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8690 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8691 } | |
| 8692 | |
| 8693 static void | |
| 8694 screenclear2() | |
| 8695 { | |
| 8696 int i; | |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8699 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8700 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8701 #endif | |
| 8702 ) | |
| 8703 return; | |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8706 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8707 #endif | |
| 8708 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8709 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8710 | |
| 8711 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8712 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8713 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8714 #endif | |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8717 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8718 { | |
| 8719 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8720 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8721 } | |
| 8722 | |
| 8723 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8724 { | |
| 8725 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8726 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8727 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8728 } |
| 8729 else | |
| 8730 { | |
| 8731 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8732 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8733 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8734 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8735 } | |
| 8736 | |
| 8737 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8738 | |
| 8739 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8740 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8741 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8742 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8743 #endif |
| 7 | 8744 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8745 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8746 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8747 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8748 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8749 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8750 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8751 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8752 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8753 } | |
| 8754 | |
| 8755 /* | |
| 8756 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8757 */ | |
| 8758 static void | |
| 8759 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8760 unsigned off; | |
| 8761 int width; | |
| 8762 { | |
| 8763 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8764 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8765 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8766 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8767 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8768 #endif | |
| 8769 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8770 } | |
| 8771 | |
| 8772 /* | |
| 8773 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8774 * invalid value. | |
| 8775 */ | |
| 8776 static void | |
| 8777 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8778 unsigned off; | |
| 8779 int width; | |
| 8780 { | |
| 8781 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8782 } | |
| 8783 | |
| 8784 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8785 /* | |
| 8786 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8787 */ | |
| 8788 static void | |
| 8789 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8790 int to; | |
| 8791 int from; | |
| 8792 win_T *wp; | |
| 8793 { | |
| 8794 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8795 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8796 | |
| 8797 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8798 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8799 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8800 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8801 { | |
| 714 | 8802 int i; |
| 8803 | |
| 7 | 8804 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8805 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8806 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8807 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8808 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8809 } |
| 8810 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8811 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8812 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8813 # endif | |
| 8814 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8815 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8816 } | |
| 8817 #endif | |
| 8818 | |
| 8819 /* | |
| 8820 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8821 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8822 */ | |
| 8823 int | |
| 8824 can_clear(p) | |
| 8825 char_u *p; | |
| 8826 { | |
| 8827 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8828 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8829 || gui.in_use | |
| 8830 #endif | |
| 8831 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8832 } | |
| 8833 | |
| 8834 /* | |
| 8835 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8836 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8837 * code. | |
| 8838 */ | |
| 8839 void | |
| 8840 screen_start() | |
| 8841 { | |
| 8842 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8843 } | |
| 8844 | |
| 8845 /* | |
| 8846 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8847 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8848 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8849 */ | |
| 8850 void | |
| 8851 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8852 int row; | |
| 8853 int col; | |
| 8854 { | |
| 205 | 8855 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8856 int i; |
| 8857 int plan; | |
| 8858 int cost; | |
| 8859 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8860 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8861 char_u *bs; | |
| 8862 int goto_cost; | |
| 8863 int attr; | |
| 8864 | |
| 1213 | 8865 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8866 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8867 | |
| 8868 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8869 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8870 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8871 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8872 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8873 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8874 return; | |
| 8875 | |
| 8876 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8877 { | |
| 8878 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8879 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8880 row = 0; | |
| 8881 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8882 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8883 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8884 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8885 | |
| 8886 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8887 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8888 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8889 else | |
| 8890 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8891 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 /* | |
| 8894 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8895 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8896 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8897 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8898 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8899 * | |
| 8900 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8901 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8902 * | |
| 1213 | 8903 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8904 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8905 */ | |
| 8906 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8907 { | |
| 8908 /* | |
| 8909 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8910 * or T_LE. | |
| 8911 */ | |
| 8912 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8913 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8914 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8915 { | |
| 8916 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8917 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8918 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8919 else | |
| 8920 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8921 if (*bs) | |
| 8922 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8923 else | |
| 8924 cost = 999; | |
| 8925 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8926 { | |
| 8927 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8928 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8929 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8930 } | |
| 8931 else | |
| 8932 { | |
| 8933 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8934 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8935 } | |
| 8936 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8937 { | |
| 8938 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8939 attr = 0; | |
| 8940 } | |
| 8941 } | |
| 8942 | |
| 8943 /* | |
| 8944 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 8945 */ | |
| 8946 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 8947 { | |
| 8948 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 8949 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8950 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 8951 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8952 { | |
| 8953 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8954 attr = 0; | |
| 8955 } | |
| 8956 } | |
| 8957 | |
| 8958 /* | |
| 8959 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 8960 */ | |
| 8961 else | |
| 8962 { | |
| 8963 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 8964 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 8965 cost = 0; | |
| 8966 } | |
| 8967 | |
| 8968 /* | |
| 8969 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 8970 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 8971 */ | |
| 8972 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 8973 if (i > 0) | |
| 8974 cost += i; | |
| 8975 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 8976 { | |
| 8977 /* | |
| 8978 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 8979 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 8980 */ | |
| 8981 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 8982 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 8983 --i; | |
| 8984 if (i != 0) | |
| 8985 { | |
| 8986 /* | |
| 8987 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 8988 */ | |
| 8989 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 8990 { | |
| 8991 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8992 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 8993 --i; | |
| 8994 } | |
| 8995 if (i != 0) | |
| 8996 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 8997 } | |
| 8998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8999 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 9000 { | |
| 9001 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 9002 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 9003 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 9004 { | |
| 9005 cost = 999; | |
| 9006 break; | |
| 9007 } | |
| 9008 } | |
| 9009 #endif | |
| 9010 } | |
| 9011 | |
| 9012 /* | |
| 9013 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 9014 */ | |
| 9015 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 9016 { | |
| 9017 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 9018 { | |
| 9019 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9020 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9021 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 9022 { | |
| 9023 out_str(bs); | |
| 9024 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 9025 } | |
| 9026 } | |
| 9027 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 9028 { | |
| 9029 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9030 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9031 out_char('\r'); | |
| 9032 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 9033 } | |
| 9034 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 9035 { | |
| 9036 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9037 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9038 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 9039 { | |
| 9040 out_char('\n'); | |
| 9041 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 9042 } | |
| 9043 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 9044 } | |
| 9045 | |
| 9046 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 9047 if (i > 0) | |
| 9048 { | |
| 9049 /* | |
| 9050 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 9051 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 9052 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 9053 */ | |
| 9054 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 9055 { | |
| 9056 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 9057 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 9058 } | |
| 9059 else | |
| 9060 { | |
| 9061 int off; | |
| 9062 | |
| 9063 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 9064 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 9065 { | |
| 9066 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 9067 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9069 out_flush_check(); | |
| 9070 #endif | |
| 9071 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 9072 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9073 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 9074 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 9075 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 9076 #endif | |
| 9077 ++off; | |
| 9078 } | |
| 9079 } | |
| 9080 } | |
| 9081 } | |
| 9082 } | |
| 9083 else | |
| 9084 cost = 999; | |
| 9085 | |
| 9086 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 9087 { | |
| 9088 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 9089 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5995 | 9090 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) |
| 9091 && *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 7 | 9092 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); |
| 9093 else | |
| 9094 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 9095 } | |
| 9096 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 9097 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 9098 } | |
| 9099 } | |
| 9100 | |
| 9101 /* | |
| 9102 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 9103 */ | |
| 9104 void | |
| 9105 setcursor() | |
| 9106 { | |
| 9107 if (redrawing()) | |
| 9108 { | |
| 9109 validate_cursor(); | |
| 9110 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 9111 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 9112 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 9113 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 9114 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 9115 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 9116 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 9117 (has_mbyte |
| 9118 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 9119 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 9120 # endif |
| 9121 1)) : | |
| 9122 #endif | |
| 9123 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 9124 } | |
| 9125 } | |
| 9126 | |
| 9127 | |
| 9128 /* | |
| 9129 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 9130 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 9131 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9132 * scrolling. | |
| 9133 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 9134 */ | |
| 9135 int | |
| 9136 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9137 win_T *wp; | |
| 9138 int row; | |
| 9139 int line_count; | |
| 9140 int invalid; | |
| 9141 int mayclear; | |
| 9142 { | |
| 9143 int did_delete; | |
| 9144 int nextrow; | |
| 9145 int lastrow; | |
| 9146 int retval; | |
| 9147 | |
| 9148 if (invalid) | |
| 9149 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9150 | |
| 9151 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 9152 return FAIL; | |
| 9153 | |
| 9154 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9155 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9156 | |
| 9157 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 9158 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9159 return retval; | |
| 9160 | |
| 9161 /* | |
| 9162 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 9163 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 9164 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 9165 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 9166 */ | |
| 9167 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 9168 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9169 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 9170 { | |
| 9171 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9172 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 9173 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 9174 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 9175 return FAIL; | |
| 9176 } | |
| 9177 #endif | |
| 9178 /* | |
| 9179 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 9180 */ | |
| 9181 if (!did_delete) | |
| 9182 { | |
| 9183 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9184 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9185 #endif | |
| 9186 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9187 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 9188 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 9189 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 9190 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 9191 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 9192 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9193 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9194 } | |
| 9195 | |
| 9196 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 9197 == FAIL) | |
| 9198 { | |
| 9199 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 9200 if (did_delete) | |
| 9201 { | |
| 9202 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9203 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9204 #endif | |
| 9205 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 9206 } | |
| 9207 return FAIL; | |
| 9208 } | |
| 9209 | |
| 9210 return OK; | |
| 9211 } | |
| 9212 | |
| 9213 /* | |
| 9214 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 9215 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 9216 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 9217 * scrolling | |
| 9218 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9219 */ | |
| 9220 int | |
| 9221 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 9222 win_T *wp; | |
| 9223 int row; | |
| 9224 int line_count; | |
| 9225 int invalid; | |
| 9226 int mayclear; | |
| 9227 { | |
| 9228 int retval; | |
| 9229 | |
| 9230 if (invalid) | |
| 9231 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 9232 | |
| 9233 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 9234 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 9237 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 9238 return retval; | |
| 9239 | |
| 9240 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 9241 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9242 return FAIL; | |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9245 /* | |
| 9246 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 9247 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 9248 */ | |
| 9249 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9250 { | |
| 9251 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 9252 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 9253 { | |
| 9254 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9255 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 9256 } | |
| 9257 } | |
| 9258 /* | |
| 9259 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 9260 * command line later. | |
| 9261 */ | |
| 9262 else | |
| 9263 #endif | |
| 9264 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9265 return OK; | |
| 9266 } | |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 /* | |
| 9269 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 9270 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 9271 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 9272 */ | |
| 9273 static int | |
| 9274 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 9275 win_T *wp; | |
| 9276 int row; | |
| 9277 int line_count; | |
| 9278 int mayclear; | |
| 9279 int del; | |
| 9280 { | |
| 9281 int retval; | |
| 9282 | |
| 9283 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 9284 return FAIL; | |
| 9285 | |
| 9286 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 9287 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 9288 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9289 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 9290 #endif | |
| 9291 ) | |
| 9292 { | |
| 9293 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 9294 return FAIL; | |
| 9295 } | |
| 9296 | |
| 9297 /* | |
| 9298 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 9299 */ | |
| 9300 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 9301 { | |
| 9302 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 9303 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 9304 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 9305 return OK; | |
| 9306 } | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 /* | |
| 9309 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 9310 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 9311 */ | |
| 9312 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9313 | |
| 9314 /* | |
| 9315 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 9316 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 9317 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 9318 * win_line(). | |
| 9319 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 9320 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 9321 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 9322 */ | |
| 9323 if (scroll_region | |
| 9324 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9325 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 9326 #endif | |
| 9327 ) | |
| 9328 { | |
| 9329 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9330 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9331 #endif | |
| 9332 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 9333 if (del) | |
| 9334 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9335 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9336 else | |
| 9337 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 9338 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 9339 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9340 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 9341 #endif | |
| 9342 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 9343 return retval; | |
| 9344 } | |
| 9345 | |
| 9346 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9347 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 9348 return FAIL; | |
| 9349 #endif | |
| 9350 | |
| 9351 return MAYBE; | |
| 9352 } | |
| 9353 | |
| 9354 /* | |
| 9355 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 9356 */ | |
| 9357 static void | |
| 9358 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 9359 win_T *wp; | |
| 9360 { | |
| 9361 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9362 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 9363 #else | |
| 9364 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 9365 #endif | |
| 9366 { | |
| 9367 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 9368 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9369 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9370 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 9371 #endif | |
| 9372 } | |
| 9373 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 9374 } | |
| 9375 | |
| 9376 /* | |
| 9377 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 9378 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 9379 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 9380 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 9381 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 9382 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 9383 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 9384 */ | |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 /* | |
| 9387 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 9388 */ | |
| 9389 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 9390 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 9391 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 9392 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 9393 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 9394 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 9395 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 9396 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 9397 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 9398 | |
| 9399 /* | |
| 9400 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9401 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9402 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9403 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9404 * | |
| 9405 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 9406 */ | |
| 446 | 9407 int |
| 7 | 9408 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 9409 int off; | |
| 9410 int row; | |
| 9411 int line_count; | |
| 9412 int end; | |
| 9413 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 9414 { | |
| 9415 int i; | |
| 9416 int j; | |
| 9417 unsigned temp; | |
| 9418 int cursor_row; | |
| 9419 int type; | |
| 9420 int result_empty; | |
| 9421 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 /* | |
| 9424 * FAIL if | |
| 9425 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9426 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9427 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9428 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9429 */ | |
| 9430 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 9431 return FAIL; | |
| 9432 | |
| 9433 /* | |
| 9434 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 9435 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9436 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9437 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 9438 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 9439 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 9440 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 9441 * at once. | |
| 9442 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 9443 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 9444 * 1. | |
| 9445 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 9446 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9447 * just empty lines. | |
| 9448 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 9449 * just empty lines. | |
| 9450 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 9451 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 9452 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9453 * | |
| 9454 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 9455 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 9456 * exists. | |
| 9457 */ | |
| 9458 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 9459 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9460 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9461 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9462 else | |
| 9463 #endif | |
| 9464 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9465 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9466 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 9467 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 9468 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 9469 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9470 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 9471 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 9472 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 9473 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9474 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 9475 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9476 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 9477 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 9478 else | |
| 9479 return FAIL; | |
| 9480 | |
| 9481 /* | |
| 9482 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 9483 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 9484 */ | |
| 9485 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 9486 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9487 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9488 | |
| 9489 /* | |
| 9490 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 9491 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 9492 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 9493 */ | |
| 9494 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9495 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9496 | |
| 9497 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9498 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9499 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9500 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9501 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9502 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9503 # endif | |
| 9504 ) | |
| 3674 | 9505 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9506 else |
| 9507 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9508 #endif | |
| 9509 | |
| 9510 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9511 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9512 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9513 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9514 #endif | |
| 9515 | |
| 9516 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9517 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9518 else | |
| 9519 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9520 | |
| 9521 /* | |
| 9522 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9523 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9524 */ | |
| 9525 row += off; | |
| 9526 end += off; | |
| 9527 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9528 { | |
| 9529 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9530 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9531 { | |
| 9532 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9533 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9534 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9535 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9536 j += line_count; | |
| 9537 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9538 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9539 else | |
| 9540 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9541 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9542 } | |
| 9543 else | |
| 9544 #endif | |
| 9545 { | |
| 9546 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9547 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9548 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9549 { | |
| 9550 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9551 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9552 } | |
| 9553 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9554 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9555 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9556 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9557 else | |
| 9558 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9559 } | |
| 9560 } | |
| 9561 | |
| 9562 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9563 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9566 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9567 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9568 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9569 else | |
| 9570 #endif | |
| 9571 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9572 { | |
| 9573 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9574 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9575 } | |
| 9576 else | |
| 9577 { | |
| 9578 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9579 { | |
| 9580 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9581 { | |
| 9582 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9583 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9584 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9585 } | |
| 9586 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9587 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9588 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9589 } | |
| 9590 } | |
| 9591 | |
| 9592 /* | |
| 9593 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9594 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9595 */ | |
| 9596 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9597 { | |
| 9598 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9599 { | |
| 9600 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9601 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9602 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9603 } | |
| 9604 } | |
| 9605 | |
| 9606 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9607 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9608 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9609 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9610 #endif | |
| 9611 return OK; | |
| 9612 } | |
| 9613 | |
| 9614 /* | |
| 9615 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9616 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9617 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9618 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9619 * | |
| 9620 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9621 */ | |
| 9622 int | |
| 9623 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9624 int off; | |
| 9625 int row; | |
| 9626 int line_count; | |
| 9627 int end; | |
| 9628 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9629 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9630 { |
| 9631 int j; | |
| 9632 int i; | |
| 9633 unsigned temp; | |
| 9634 int cursor_row; | |
| 9635 int cursor_end; | |
| 9636 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9637 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9638 int type; | |
| 9639 | |
| 9640 /* | |
| 9641 * FAIL if | |
| 9642 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9643 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9644 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9645 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9646 */ | |
| 9647 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9648 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9649 return FAIL; | |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 /* | |
| 9652 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9653 */ | |
| 9654 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9655 | |
| 9656 /* | |
| 9657 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9658 * available. | |
| 9659 */ | |
| 9660 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 /* | |
| 9663 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9664 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9665 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9666 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9667 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9668 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9669 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9670 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9671 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9672 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9673 */ | |
| 9674 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9675 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9676 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9677 else | |
| 9678 #endif | |
| 9679 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9680 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9681 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9682 /* | |
| 9683 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9684 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9685 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9686 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9687 * the trick... | |
| 9688 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9689 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9690 */ | |
| 9691 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9692 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9693 #else | |
| 9694 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9695 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9696 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9697 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9698 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9699 #endif | |
| 9700 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9701 #endif | |
| 9702 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9703 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9704 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9705 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9706 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9707 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9708 #endif | |
| 9709 ) | |
| 9710 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9711 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9712 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9713 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9714 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9715 else | |
| 9716 return FAIL; | |
| 9717 | |
| 9718 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9719 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9720 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9721 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9722 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9723 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9724 # endif | |
| 9725 ) | |
| 3674 | 9726 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
| 7 | 9727 else |
| 9728 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9729 #endif | |
| 9730 | |
| 9731 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9732 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9733 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9734 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9735 #endif | |
| 9736 | |
| 9737 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9738 { | |
| 9739 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9740 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9741 } | |
| 9742 else | |
| 9743 { | |
| 9744 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9745 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9746 } | |
| 9747 | |
| 9748 /* | |
| 9749 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9750 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9751 */ | |
| 9752 row += off; | |
| 9753 end += off; | |
| 9754 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9755 { | |
| 9756 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9757 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9758 { | |
| 9759 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9760 j = row + i; | |
| 9761 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9762 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9763 j -= line_count; | |
| 9764 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9765 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9766 else | |
| 9767 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9768 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9769 } | |
| 9770 else | |
| 9771 #endif | |
| 9772 { | |
| 9773 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9774 j = row + i; | |
| 9775 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9776 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9777 { | |
| 9778 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9779 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9780 } | |
| 9781 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9782 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9783 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9784 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9785 else | |
| 9786 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9787 } | |
| 9788 } | |
| 9789 | |
| 9790 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9791 | |
| 9792 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9793 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9794 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9795 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9796 else | |
| 9797 #endif | |
| 9798 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9799 { | |
| 9800 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9801 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9802 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9803 } | |
| 9804 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9805 { | |
| 9806 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9807 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9808 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9809 } | |
| 9810 /* | |
| 9811 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9812 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9813 * last line. | |
| 9814 */ | |
| 9815 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9816 { | |
| 9817 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9818 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9819 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9820 } | |
| 9821 else | |
| 9822 { | |
| 9823 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9824 { | |
| 9825 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9826 { | |
| 9827 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9828 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9829 } | |
| 9830 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9831 { | |
| 9832 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9833 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9834 } | |
| 9835 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9836 } | |
| 9837 } | |
| 9838 | |
| 9839 /* | |
| 9840 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9841 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9842 */ | |
| 9843 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9844 { | |
| 9845 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9846 { | |
| 9847 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9848 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9849 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9850 } | |
| 9851 } | |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9854 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9855 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9856 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9857 #endif | |
| 9858 | |
| 9859 return OK; | |
| 9860 } | |
| 9861 | |
| 9862 /* | |
| 9863 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9864 * | |
| 9865 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9866 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9867 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9868 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9869 */ | |
| 9870 int | |
| 9871 showmode() | |
| 9872 { | |
| 9873 int need_clear; | |
| 9874 int length = 0; | |
| 9875 int do_mode; | |
| 9876 int attr; | |
| 9877 int nwr_save; | |
| 9878 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9879 int sub_attr; | |
| 9880 #endif | |
| 9881 | |
| 642 | 9882 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9883 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9884 || restart_edit | |
| 5735 | 9885 || VIsual_active)); |
| 7 | 9886 if (do_mode || Recording) |
| 9887 { | |
| 9888 /* | |
| 9889 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9890 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9891 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9892 */ | |
| 9893 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9894 { | |
| 9895 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9896 return 0; | |
| 9897 } | |
| 9898 | |
| 9899 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9900 | |
| 9901 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9902 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9905 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9906 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9907 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9908 | |
| 9909 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9910 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9911 cursor_off(); | |
| 9912 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9913 if (do_mode) | |
| 9914 { | |
| 9915 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9916 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 2520 | 9917 if ( |
| 9918 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 9919 preedit_get_status() | |
| 1668 | 9920 # else |
| 9921 im_get_status() | |
| 2520 | 9922 # endif |
| 1668 | 9923 ) |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9924 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9925 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9926 # else | |
| 9927 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9928 # endif | |
| 9929 #endif | |
| 9930 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9931 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9932 { | |
| 9933 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9934 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9935 } |
| 9936 #endif | |
| 9937 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 5946 | 9938 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ |
| 9939 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) | |
| 7 | 9940 { |
| 9941 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9942 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 9943 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 9944 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9945 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 9946 if (length > 0) | |
| 9947 { | |
| 9948 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9949 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 9950 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 9951 { | |
| 9952 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9953 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 9954 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 9955 } | |
| 9956 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9957 { | |
| 9958 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 9959 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 9960 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 9961 else | |
| 9962 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 9963 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 9964 } | |
| 9965 } | |
| 9966 length = 0; | |
| 9967 } | |
| 9968 else | |
| 9969 #endif | |
| 9970 { | |
| 9971 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9972 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9973 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9974 else | |
| 9975 #endif | |
| 9976 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9977 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9978 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 9979 { | |
| 9980 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9981 if (p_ri) | |
| 9982 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 9983 #endif | |
| 9984 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 9985 } | |
| 9986 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 9987 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 9988 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 9989 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 9990 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 9991 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 9992 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9993 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 9994 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 9995 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9996 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 9997 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 9998 # endif | |
| 9999 #endif | |
| 10000 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 10001 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 10002 { | |
| 10003 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 10004 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 10005 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 10006 else | |
| 10007 # endif | |
| 10008 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 10009 } | |
| 10010 #endif | |
| 10011 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 10012 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 10013 | |
| 10014 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 10015 { | |
| 10016 char *p; | |
| 10017 | |
| 10018 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 10019 * problems. */ | |
| 10020 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 10021 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 10022 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 10023 { | |
| 10024 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 10025 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 10026 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 10027 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 10028 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 10029 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 10030 } | |
| 10031 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 10032 } | |
| 10033 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 10034 } | |
| 644 | 10035 |
| 7 | 10036 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 10037 } | |
| 10038 if (Recording | |
| 10039 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10040 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 10041 #endif | |
| 10042 ) | |
| 10043 { | |
| 10044 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 10045 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 10046 } | |
| 644 | 10047 |
| 10048 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 10049 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 10050 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 10051 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 10052 length = msg_col; | |
| 10053 msg_col = 0; | |
| 10054 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 10055 } | |
| 10056 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 10057 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 10058 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 10059 | |
| 10060 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10061 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 10062 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 10063 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 10064 | |
| 10065 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 10066 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 10067 if (redrawing() | |
| 10068 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10069 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 10070 # endif | |
| 10071 ) | |
| 10072 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 10073 #endif | |
| 10074 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 10075 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 10076 | |
| 10077 return length; | |
| 10078 } | |
| 10079 | |
| 10080 /* | |
| 10081 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 10082 */ | |
| 10083 static void | |
| 10084 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 10085 { | |
| 10086 msg_col = 0; | |
| 10087 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10088 } | |
| 10089 | |
| 10090 /* | |
| 10091 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 10092 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 10093 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 10094 */ |
| 10095 void | |
| 10096 unshowmode(force) | |
| 10097 int force; | |
| 10098 { | |
| 10099 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
10100 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 10101 */ |
| 10102 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 10103 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 10104 else | |
| 10105 { | |
| 10106 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 10107 if (Recording) | |
| 10108 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 10109 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 10110 } | |
| 10111 } | |
| 10112 | |
| 667 | 10113 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 10114 /* | |
| 10115 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 10116 */ | |
| 10117 static void | |
| 677 | 10118 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 10119 { |
| 10120 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 10121 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 10122 int tabwidth; | |
| 10123 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 10124 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 10125 int attr; |
| 10126 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 10127 win_T *cwp; |
| 10128 int wincount; | |
| 10129 int modified; | |
| 667 | 10130 int c; |
| 10131 int len; | |
| 10132 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 10133 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 10134 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 10135 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 10136 int room; |
| 10137 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 10138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 10139 && !gui.in_use | |
| 10140 #endif | |
| 10141 ); | |
| 673 | 10142 |
| 10143 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10144 |
| 685 | 10145 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 10146 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 10147 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 10148 { | |
| 10149 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 10150 return; | |
| 10151 } | |
| 10152 #endif | |
| 10153 | |
| 10154 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 10155 return; |
| 10156 | |
| 677 | 10157 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 10158 |
| 10159 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 10160 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 10161 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 10162 | |
| 677 | 10163 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 10164 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 10165 { | |
| 680 | 10166 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10167 | |
| 10168 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 10169 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 10170 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 10171 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 10172 if (called_emsg) |
| 10173 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 10174 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10175 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 10176 } | |
| 10177 else | |
| 10178 #endif | |
| 10179 { | |
| 10180 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 10181 ++tabcount; | |
| 10182 | |
| 10183 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 10184 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 10185 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 10186 | |
| 10187 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10188 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 10189 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 10190 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 10191 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 10192 { |
| 10193 scol = col; | |
| 10194 | |
| 10195 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 10196 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 10197 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 10198 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10199 | |
| 10200 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 10201 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 10202 | |
| 10203 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10204 | |
| 10205 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 10206 { | |
| 10207 cwp = curwin; | |
| 10208 wp = firstwin; | |
| 10209 } | |
| 10210 else | |
| 10211 { | |
| 10212 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 10213 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 10214 } | |
| 10215 | |
| 10216 modified = FALSE; | |
| 10217 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 10218 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 10219 modified = TRUE; | |
| 10220 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 10221 { | |
| 10222 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 10223 { | |
| 10224 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 10225 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 10226 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 10227 break; | |
| 680 | 10228 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 10229 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 6106 | 10230 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 10231 #else |
| 6106 | 10232 attr |
| 680 | 10233 #endif |
| 10234 ); | |
| 10235 col += len; | |
| 10236 } | |
| 10237 if (modified) | |
| 10238 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10239 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10240 } | |
| 10241 | |
| 10242 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 10243 if (room > 0) | |
| 10244 { | |
| 685 | 10245 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 10246 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 10247 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 10248 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 10249 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 10250 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 10251 if (has_mbyte) |
| 10252 while (len > room) | |
| 10253 { | |
| 10254 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 10255 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 10256 } | |
| 10257 else | |
| 10258 #endif | |
| 10259 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 10260 { |
| 680 | 10261 p += len - room; |
| 10262 len = room; | |
| 677 | 10263 } |
| 699 | 10264 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 10265 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 10266 |
| 835 | 10267 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 10268 col += len; |
| 10269 } | |
| 10270 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 10271 | |
| 10272 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 10273 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 10274 ++tabcount; | |
| 10275 while (scol < col) | |
| 10276 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 10277 } | |
| 10278 | |
| 10279 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 10280 c = '_'; | |
| 10281 else | |
| 10282 c = ' '; | |
| 10283 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 10284 |
| 10285 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 10286 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 10287 { | |
| 10288 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 10289 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 10290 } | |
| 10291 } | |
| 834 | 10292 |
| 10293 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 10294 * set. */ | |
| 10295 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 10296 } |
| 685 | 10297 |
| 10298 /* | |
| 10299 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 10300 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 10301 */ | |
| 10302 void | |
| 10303 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 10304 buf_T *buf; | |
| 10305 { | |
| 10306 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 3839 | 10307 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); |
| 685 | 10308 else |
| 10309 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 10310 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 10311 } | |
| 667 | 10312 #endif |
| 10313 | |
| 7 | 10314 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 10315 /* | |
| 10316 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10317 */ | |
| 10318 static int | |
| 10319 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 10320 int *attr; | |
| 10321 int is_curwin; | |
| 10322 { | |
| 10323 int fill; | |
| 10324 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10325 { | |
| 10326 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 10327 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 10328 } | |
| 10329 else | |
| 10330 { | |
| 10331 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 10332 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 10333 } | |
| 10334 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 10335 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 10336 * current window */ | |
| 10337 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 10338 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 10339 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 10340 return fill; | |
| 10341 if (is_curwin) | |
| 10342 return '^'; | |
| 10343 return '='; | |
| 10344 } | |
| 10345 #endif | |
| 10346 | |
| 10347 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10348 /* | |
| 10349 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 10350 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 10351 */ | |
| 10352 static int | |
| 10353 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 10354 int *attr; | |
| 10355 { | |
| 10356 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 10357 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 10358 return '|'; | |
| 10359 else | |
| 10360 return fill_vert; | |
| 10361 } | |
| 10362 #endif | |
| 10363 | |
| 10364 /* | |
| 10365 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 10366 */ | |
| 10367 int | |
| 10368 redrawing() | |
| 10369 { | |
| 10370 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 10371 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 10372 } | |
| 10373 | |
| 10374 /* | |
| 10375 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 10376 */ | |
| 10377 int | |
| 10378 messaging() | |
| 10379 { | |
| 10380 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 10381 } | |
| 10382 | |
| 10383 /* | |
| 10384 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 10385 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 10386 */ | |
| 10387 void | |
| 10388 showruler(always) | |
| 10389 int always; | |
| 10390 { | |
| 10391 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 10392 return; | |
| 574 | 10393 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 10394 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10395 { | |
| 639 | 10396 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 10397 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 10398 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 10399 # endif |
| 574 | 10400 return; |
| 10401 } | |
| 10402 #endif | |
| 7 | 10403 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 10404 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 10405 { |
| 1983 | 10406 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 10407 } |
| 7 | 10408 else |
| 10409 #endif | |
| 10410 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10411 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 10412 #endif | |
| 10413 | |
| 10414 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 10415 if (need_maketitle | |
| 10416 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10417 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 10418 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 10419 # endif | |
| 10420 ) | |
| 10421 maketitle(); | |
| 10422 #endif | |
| 1588 | 10423 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 10424 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 10425 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 10426 draw_tabline(); | |
| 10427 #endif | |
| 7 | 10428 } |
| 10429 | |
| 10430 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 10431 static void | |
| 10432 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 10433 win_T *wp; | |
| 10434 int always; | |
| 10435 { | |
| 1869 | 10436 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 10437 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 10438 int row; |
| 10439 int fillchar; | |
| 10440 int attr; | |
| 10441 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 10442 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 10443 int i; | |
| 1869 | 10444 size_t len; |
| 7 | 10445 int o; |
| 10446 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10447 int this_ru_col; | |
| 10448 int off = 0; | |
| 10449 int width = Columns; | |
| 10450 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 10451 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 10452 #else | |
| 10453 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 10454 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 10455 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 10456 #endif | |
| 10457 | |
| 10458 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 10459 if (!p_ru) | |
| 10460 return; | |
| 10461 | |
| 10462 /* | |
| 10463 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 10464 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 10465 */ | |
| 10466 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10467 return; | |
| 10468 | |
| 10469 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10470 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 10471 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 10472 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10473 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 10474 # endif | |
| 10475 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 10476 return; | |
| 540 | 10477 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 10478 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10479 return; | |
| 7 | 10480 #endif |
| 10481 | |
| 10482 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10483 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10484 { | |
| 680 | 10485 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10486 | |
| 10487 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10488 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10489 if (called_emsg) |
| 10490 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10491 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10492 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10493 return; |
| 10494 } | |
| 10495 #endif | |
| 10496 | |
| 10497 /* | |
| 10498 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10499 */ | |
| 10500 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10501 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10502 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10503 | |
| 10504 /* | |
| 10505 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10506 */ | |
| 10507 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10508 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10509 || always | |
| 10510 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10511 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10512 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10513 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10514 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10515 #endif | |
| 10516 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10517 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10518 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10519 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10520 #endif | |
| 10521 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10522 { | |
| 10523 cursor_off(); | |
| 10524 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10525 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10526 { | |
| 10527 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10528 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10529 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10530 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10531 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10532 # endif | |
| 10533 } | |
| 10534 else | |
| 10535 #endif | |
| 10536 { | |
| 10537 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10538 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10539 attr = 0; | |
| 10540 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10541 width = Columns; | |
| 10542 off = 0; | |
| 10543 #endif | |
| 10544 } | |
| 10545 | |
| 10546 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10547 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10548 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10549 { | |
| 10550 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10551 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10552 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10553 } | |
| 10554 | |
| 10555 /* | |
| 10556 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10557 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10558 */ | |
| 1869 | 10559 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10560 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10561 ? 0L | |
| 10562 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10563 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10564 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10565 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10566 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10567 | |
| 10568 /* | |
| 10569 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10570 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10571 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10572 */ | |
| 10573 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10574 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10575 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10576 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10577 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10578 #endif | |
| 10579 ++o; | |
| 10580 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10581 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10582 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10583 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10584 #endif | |
| 10585 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10586 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10587 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10588 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10589 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10590 { | |
| 6466 | 10591 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ |
| 10592 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) | |
| 7 | 10593 { |
| 10594 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10595 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10596 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10597 else | |
| 10598 #endif | |
| 10599 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10600 ++o; | |
| 10601 } | |
| 1869 | 10602 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10603 } |
| 10604 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10605 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10606 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10607 { | |
| 10608 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10609 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10610 { |
| 10611 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10612 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10613 { | |
| 10614 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10615 break; | |
| 10616 } | |
| 10617 } | |
| 10618 } | |
| 10619 else | |
| 10620 #endif | |
| 10621 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10622 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10623 | |
| 10624 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10625 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10626 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10627 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10628 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10629 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10630 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10631 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10632 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10633 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10634 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10635 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10636 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10637 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10638 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10639 #endif | |
| 10640 } | |
| 10641 } | |
| 10642 #endif | |
| 13 | 10643 |
| 10644 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10645 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10646 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10647 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10648 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10649 */ | |
| 10650 int | |
| 10651 number_width(wp) | |
| 10652 win_T *wp; | |
| 10653 { | |
| 10654 int n; | |
| 10655 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10656 | |
|
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10657 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10658 /* cursor line shows "0" */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10659 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10660 else |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10661 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ |
|
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10662 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10663 |
| 13 | 10664 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
| 10665 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
| 10666 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10667 | |
| 10668 n = 0; | |
| 10669 do | |
| 10670 { | |
| 856 | 10671 lnum /= 10; |
| 10672 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10673 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10674 | |
| 10675 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10676 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10677 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10678 | |
| 10679 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 10680 return n; | |
| 10681 } | |
| 10682 #endif | |
| 3986 | 10683 |
| 10684 /* | |
| 10685 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the | |
| 10686 * screen. First column is 0. | |
| 10687 */ | |
| 10688 int | |
| 10689 screen_screencol() | |
| 10690 { | |
| 10691 return screen_cur_col; | |
| 10692 } | |
| 10693 | |
| 10694 /* | |
| 10695 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. | |
| 10696 * First row is 0. | |
| 10697 */ | |
| 10698 int | |
| 10699 screen_screenrow() | |
| 10700 { | |
| 10701 return screen_cur_row; | |
| 10702 } |